‫ﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ ‬
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻋــــــﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺘﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭ ﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻤﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ) ( ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪٢٠١٠‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ ‪HD&SD‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﲢﺎﺩ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫‬
‫‬
‫‬
‫‬
‫ﺠﻠﺴﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻔﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺜﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻓﻕ ‪ ٢٠١٠/٦/١٥‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻭﺽ ﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻻﺭﺒﻌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻓﻕ ‪٢٠١٠/٧/١٤‬‬
‫وزارة اﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻت وﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‬
‫ﻤﺤﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ‪٣ ...........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ‪٣ ................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻻﺨﺒﺎﺭ ‪٤ ...................................................................‬‬
‫ﻨﻁﺎﻕ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ‪٤ ..........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ‪٦ ...............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ‪٣٦ .................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀﺍﺕ ‪٣٨ ................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻭﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ‪٣٩ ...................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻤﻴﻨﺎﺕ ‪٤٣ .......................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻁﻥ ‪٤٣ ..................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ‪٤٤ .......................................................................‬‬
‫ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺩﻓﻊ ‪٤٤ ...................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ‪٤٥ ........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻨﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ‪٤٥ ..........................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺀﺍﺕ ‪٤٥ ......................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ‪٤٦ ....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺤﺔ ‪٤٦ .................................................................. SLA‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ٢‬ﻣﻦ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﺸﺭ ﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺘﺭﺴﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻭﺼﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻭﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺒﺭﻭﺘﻭﻜﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺘﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻡ ﺒﺸﺄﻥ ﺭﻗﻤﻨﺔ ﻋﺩﺩ ‪ ٥٠,٠٠٠‬ﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻴﺩﻴﻭ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺨﺒﺎﺭ ﺒﺎﺘﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺯﻴﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺘﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺒﻁﺭﺡ ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﺭﻗﻤﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺩﻴﻭ ﺒﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺨﺒﺎﺭ ﺒﺎﺘﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺯﻴﻭﻥ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﻐﺭﺽ ﺘﻜﻭﻴﻥ ﻤﺤﺘﻭﻯ ﻋﺭﺒﻲ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﺜﺭﻯ ﻭﺫﻭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻤﻀﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺌﻲ ﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻌﺩ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻀل ﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻹﺒﺩﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺠﺩﺍﻨﻲ ﻟﻸﻤﺔ ﻭﺘﻭﺜﻴﻕ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﻱ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻋﺎ ﻗﻭﻤﻴﺎ ﻀﺨﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻏﻨﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻔﻅ ﺘﺭﺍﺙ ﺍﻷﻤﺔ‪ .‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺘﻭﺭﻴﺩ ﻭﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ﻭﺘﺸﻐﻴل ﻭﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺨﺒﺎﺭ ﺒﺎﺘﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺯﻴﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻫﻤﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻭﻴل ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻟﻌﺩﺩ ‪ ٥٠,٠٠٠‬ﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻴﺩﻴﻭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺌﻴﺔ ﺒﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺨﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﻭﺴﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻭ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺭﺠﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺩﻴل ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻜﻴﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻴﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻱ ﻜﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﻟﻺﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻀﺎﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻸﺠﻴﺎل ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻤﺔ ﻭ ﺇﺜﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﺒﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺼﻭﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﺇﺘﺎﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻲ‪ .‬‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﺌﻁ ﻟﻠﻨﺴﺦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻑ‪ .‬‬
‫‪ -٧‬ﺭﻓﻊ ﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﺒﻁﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺤﺘﻭﻯ ﻭﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺩﻴﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻭﻯ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺩﻋﻡ‬
‫ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻭﻴل ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻭﺩﻋﻡ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﺴﺘﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﺒﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻋﻪ ﻭﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻤﺤﻠﻴ ﹰﺎ ﻭ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴ ﹰﺎ‪ .‬‬
‫‪ -٨‬ﺘﺭﺴﻴﺦ ﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﺘﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻨﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻭ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﺨﻔﺽ ﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻻﻁﻼﻉ ﻭ ﺘﻭﺴﻴﻊ ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﺭﺹ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻟﻠﺸﺒﺎﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺎ‪ .‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ٣‬ﻣﻦ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺨﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﻟﺩﻯ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺨﺒﺎﺭ ﺒﺎﺘﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺯﻴﻭﻥ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺃﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼﻟﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﺍﻹﺨﺒﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻭﻋﺔ‪ .‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺒﺙ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﺍﻹﺨﺒﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺌﻴﺔ‪ .‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺒﺙ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﺃﺨﺒﺎﺭ ﻤﺼﺭ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﻴﺔ‪ .‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺒﻭﺍﺒﺔ ﺃﺨﺒﺎﺭ ﻤﺼﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﺭﻨﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﻟﺩﻯ ﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺨﺒﺎﺭ ﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻴﻘل ﻋﻥ ‪ ٦٠,٠٠٠‬ﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺌﻲ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﺌﻁ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ‪ ... ، Umatic ، Super Beta Cam ، Digital Beta Cam :‬ﻭﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺯﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻨﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﻡ ﺒﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺨﺒﺎﺭ ﺒﺎﺘﺤـﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺯﻴﻭﻥ‪ .‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻨﻁﺎﻕ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ‬
‫ﻴﻨﻘﺴﻡ ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﺭﻗﻤﻨﺔ ﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺩﻴﻭ ﺒﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺨﺒﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺘﻴﻥ ﻜﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ :‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ‪ :‬ﺘﺠﻬﻴﺯ ﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺘﻭﺭﻴﺩ ﻭﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ﻭﺘﺸﻐﻴل ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺨﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﺜﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺸﺭﺓ ﺸﻬﺭﺍ ﻤﻴﻼﺩﻴﺎ ﺘﺒﺩﺃ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﻭﺘﺴﻠﻴﻤﻪ ﻟﻠﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺴﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻨﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﻭﺭﻴﺩ ﻭﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ﻭﺘﺸﻐﻴل ﻭ ﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﻭﺍﻷﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺯ ﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ‪ (Software , Hardware and Network) ‬ﺒﺴﻌﺔ ﺘﺨﺯﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻭﺤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺯﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺘﺴﺘﻭﻋﺏ ﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻴﻘل ﻋﻥ ‪ ٥٠٠٠‬ﺴﺎﻋﺔ ‪ Low resolution ‬ﻭ ‪ 150‬ﺴﺎﻋﺔ ‪ High Deffenition ‬ﻗﺎﺒﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺤﺘﻰ ‪ ١٥٠,٠٠٠‬ﺴﺎﻋﺔ ‪ Low resolution‬ﻭ ‪ ٥٠٠٠‬ﺴﺎﻋﺔ ‪ High Deffenition‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻭﺤﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺯﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺸﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺴﺘﻭﻋﺏ ‪ 5000‬ﺴﺎﻋﺔ ‪ High Deffenition ‬ﻗﺎﺒﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺤﺘﻰ ‪١٥٠,٠٠٠‬‬
‫ﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪ High Deffenition‬ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻭﻴل ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻟﻌﺩﺩ ‪ ٥,٠٠٠‬ﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻴﺩﻴﻭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺌﻴﺔ ﺒﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺨﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﻠﺨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ )‪:(Deliverables‬‬
‫ƒ‬
‫ﺘﺤﻠﻴل‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤل‬
‫)‪(Workflow‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺠﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﻴﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ‬
‫ﺒﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫ﻭﻤﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫)‪ .(User Requirement Manual & Procedure Manual & … etc‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ٤‬ﻣﻦ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺘﺸﻐﻴل ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺒﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﺒﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﻁﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻜﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ƒ‬
‫ﺒﻜﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ‪ .‬‬
‫ƒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻭﻴل ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻟﻌﺩﺩ ‪ ٥,٠٠٠‬ﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻴﺩﻴﻭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺌﻴﺔ ﺒﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺨﺒﺎﺭ ‪ .‬‬
‫ƒ‬
‫ﺘﺩﺭﻴﺏ ﺭﺴﻤﻲ ﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩ ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻴﺩ ﺨﺒﺭﺍﺀ ﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﻭﻥ ﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺼﺎﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺎ ﻟﻌﺩﺩ‬
‫‪ ١١٢‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠﻴﻥ ﺒﻨﺠﺎﺡ )ﻭﻴﺤﺩﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻗﺭﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ( ‪ .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺜﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤل ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ‪ .‬‬
‫ƒ‬
‫‪Installation guide for each module of the project, trouble shooting guide, and any other ‬‬
‫‪ necessary documentation required for operation. ‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺭﺘﺒﺎﻁ ﻤﻊ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟـ ‪ News Room ‬ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﻭﺍﻷﺠﻬﺯﺓ "ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل‬
‫ƒ‬
‫ﺘﺒﺎﺩل ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻭﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟـ ‪ "News Room‬ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻜﻴﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ "‪ "Open Standard‬ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻀﻤﻥ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺘﺒﺎﻁ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻟﻠـ ‪News ‬‬
‫‪ Room‬ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺴﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ)ﻋﺭﺽ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺍﺴﺘﺭﺸﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﻘﻁ( ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺩ ﺍﻷﻭل ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﺸﺭﺍﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻋﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴل ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻭﻴل ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻟﻌﺩﺩ ‪ ٢٠,٠٠٠‬ﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫‪ o‬ﻨﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ‪ :‬‬
‫ƒ‬
‫ﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴل ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬‬
‫ƒ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺸﺭﺍﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻭﻴل ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻭﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻭﻴل ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻟﻌﺩﺩ ‪٢٠,٠٠٠‬‬
‫ﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺘﺩﺭﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻤﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻭﻴل ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺴﺘﺘﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺨﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻋﺩﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎل‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﻤﻊ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﺃﺨﺒﺎﺭ ﻤﺼﺭ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺒﻭﺍﺒﺔ ﺃﺨﺒﺎﺭ ﻤﺼﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﺭﻨﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻨﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﻭﺭﻴﺩ ﻭﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ﻭﺘﺸﻐﻴل ﻭﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﻭﺍﻷﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﺤﻘﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺘﻲ‪ :‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ٥‬ﻣﻦ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫ƒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﻤﻊ ﻨﻅﻡ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﺃﺨﺒﺎﺭ ﻤﺼﺭ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﻴﺔ ‪ .‬‬
‫ƒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﻤﻊ ﺒﻭﺍﺒﺔ ﺃﺨﺒﺎﺭ ﻤﺼﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﺭﻨﺕ‪ .‬‬
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﻨﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺒﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺭﺒﻁﻪ ﻤﻊ‬
ƒ
.‫ﺒﻭﺍﺒﺔ ﺃﺨﺒﺎﺭ ﻤﺼﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﺭﻨﺕ‬
‫ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ‬.٥
HD&SD News Media Library
Table of Contents
1. General Technical requirements
2. News Archiving Workflow
3. Minimum System performance requirements
4. Minimum System Specifications Requirements
4.1 Operating system
4.2 Database
4.3 Networks
4.4 Security
4.5 Media Asset Management
4.6 Ingestion
4.7 Storage solution
4.7.1 Online disk storage system (Media Storage) capable to hold min of
5,000 Low Res (@1.5 Mbps). Media files and 150 hours High
Deffenition (@100 Mbps) media files.
4.7.2 Archiving Disk Storage system capable to hold min of 5,000 hours High
Deffenition (@100 Mbps) media files.
4.7.3 Backup & Recovery Solution
4.8 Servers
4.9 Thesaurus
4.10 Services
4.10.1 Ingestion Services
4.10.2 Operation Support Services
4.10.3 Training Services
4.10.4
Project Implementation Services
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
٤٧ ‫ ﻣﻦ‬٦ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
1. General Technical Requirements
Note:-The Company has to offer Maximum Two turnkey Solutions i.e. (Main –
Alternative).
1. Application operational licenses required to be owned by (Egyptian Radio &
Television Union) ERTU in addition to the Software licenses.
2. Deliver the documented system workflow for the whole project is very essential.
3. The workflow diagram explaining clearly the core components of the system.
4. All the solution must be based on HD/SD.
5. The proposed solution must include Monitoring system that monitors any failure in
any HW/SW component and sending alerts to the administrators. The monitoring
system must support all the proposed system components and architecture including
clusters.
6. The integration between all business units must be point to point integration if
available out of the box integration "no development required", otherwise it is
preferred to integrate using middleware integration layer based on services oriented
architecture to facilitate any future integration or updates between the different
business units.
7. Each bidder should explain clearly the function of each main hardware and software
components listed within the compliance table and BOQ.
8. The proposal should contain a table listing the main function of the proposed system
and the H/W, S/W oriented to each function.
9. The proposal should explain how the hardware fit to obtain each function of the
proposed solution and how this HW component achieves No Single Point of Faliure
(NSPOF) concept.
10. The proposed system must be built on NSPOF concept for at least the following
servers (MAM Database servers, MAM applications servers, storage management
servers and archiving servers) which guarantee that at any point of time the system is
running. This means all the HW and communication systems responsible for running
core business functions should be redundant and each device should contain hot
swappable and redundant components like power supply, cooling fans.
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
٤٧ ‫ ﻣﻦ‬٧ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
11. The proposed system must support concurrent accesses to any file (read/write)
whatever the file type is.
12. Scalability to grow to more than 150,000 High Definition hours.
13. Integration with the existing ERTU News Systems (News Room) including the required
connectivity and necessary security systems.
14. Designed to seamlessly adapt to future changing requirements.
15. Flexible and simple solution design, all based on open standards.
16. High reliability and high performance.
17. Easy to install and maintain.
18. Easy to use customizable interface for content search and browsing
19. Warranty of minimum 3 years on site for all the solution.
20. Operating system and Software must have 3 years of upgrades and support.
21. The solution must consist of: MAM System, Operating system, Database, Antivirus,
LAN, Network Security & Management, Ingestion System, Storage, Servers, Services,
training and any other necessary components.
22. All Licenses for the whole Solution must be validated from the Date of Primary
delivery.
23. The solution architecture must support the provision for Disaster Recovery Site.
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
٤٧ ‫ ﻣﻦ‬٨ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
2. News Archiving Workflow
Ingest
• Material is received from Agencies (Video/Audio Signal, File based system)
and VTRs which shall be processed via signal processing solution (Noise
reducers, frame synchronizers, distribution Amplifiers, signal monitoring
equipment, etc….); it is then recorded (in both high resolution and low
resolution formats Simultaneously) on the shared storage that connected to all
severs and transfer it while ingest to Online Media Storage by
manual/scheduled ingest. "all the signal processing & quality control
equipment shall be provided as a part of the proposed solution"
• User should be able to detect and monitor any incoming feed, and do any
quality control before and while ingesting. And could monitor the input to the
server port during recording.
• User should be able to route any source (VTR, Video server ports
(confidence), Satellite feeds) to any destination (Video server ports,
Multiviewer system & monitors).
•
The video router must be controlled by either MAM application or ingest
application.
• User or operator should be able to control and manage 4 devices (Video
servers, VTRs) from single interface, route any source to any destination on
the video router from 4 PC's.
• Material will be ingested depending on the user access rights.
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
٤٧ ‫ ﻣﻦ‬٩ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
• External systems should be able to transfer files to the online media storage
and archive disk storage.
Edit
• Once start recording user should be able to edit the material a few seconds
after start recording, he shouldn’t wait till finish recording.
• There are two ways for Video Editing:
1. High Resolution Editing: High End edit stations (i.e. Final Cut Pro.) will
be connected and editing directly on the online storage (Edit in place), user
should be able to create an EDL or a new media Clip, and will be
transcoded to low resolution immediately.
2. Low Resolution Editing: For rough edit only, user can create an (Edit
decision List) EDL Clip or a Sub Clip, and its corresponding High
Resolution material should be created immediately.
• Recommended to do voice over for clips both from the High End Editing
Stations and the Low Resolution Editing application.
• Material edited on Low Resolution version could be Re-edited using High
End Editing Stations.
• Both High resolution and Low Resolution storage should be synchronized all
the time.
Media Management
• User will search the material using the MAM application, his search result should shows where the material is whether it is on the Online Storage or Archiving Disk storage, he should be able to move data from Archiving Disk storage to the Online Storage, from Online Storage or Archiving Disk storage to external systems or Vis Versa depending on User access rights. • Material will be deleted, moved, copied, or archived manually by a media management person depends on the access rights, or automatically depending on business cases. •
All actions on the High resolution material (delete, rename…) should be
reflected on the Low resolution material, and Vice versa, Also all actions
should be reflected on the whole system.
•
User should be able to add metadata during and after recording, also he should be able to edit the metadata anytime during the workflow depends on his access rights. 1‐ Archiving: •
Chosen High resolution material will be moved to the Archiving Disk
storage for archiving.
•
Low resolution material will be on the online media Storage all the time.
2‐ High resolution material could be played back or Recorded on VTR. ‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
٤٧ ‫ ﻣﻦ‬١٠ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
3‐ Any generated format/ resolution from the video file should be transferred to any external system (Newsroom system, Radio system, News Portal….etc). 3. Minimum System Performance Requirements
1. The system must support at least 100 user accounts (30 concurrent users).
2. The system must support at least the following processes concurrently at peak time:
a. 4 concurrent ingestion processes HD/SD SDI streams (1 support live feeds & 3
from VTRs).
b. At least 2 concurrent data streams (HD/SD. file transfer) To & From different
external sources (Ex. News Room System).
c. At least 12 Concurrent Logging/Catalogging Metadata Users.
d. At least 8 concurrent Low Res. browsing/editing Users.
e. At least 2 concurrent Hi Res. File, minimum Four Simultinuse stream for each
High end edit station, editing on the central disk storage.
f. At least 2 concurrent Hi Res. file transfer to & From the Archiving Storage.
3. All the Low Res media should be available in less than 1 second for (Browsing/editing)
for each of the 8 concurrent users.
4. At least 20 minutes of Hi-Res media on the Online disk media storage should be
transferred within 2 minutes to the external system
5. At least 20 min of Hi Res media on Disk Archieving should be retrieved and
transferred directly to the external system within 3 minutes.
6. The maximum allowed planned downtime per year for central parts of the system is a
total of 48 hours under the condition that if any planed downtime exceeded the
expected planed duration it will be treated as an unplanned downtime.
7.
The maximum allowed unplanned downtime per year for central parts of the system
according to the SLA is a total of 12 hours .(pls. see attached SLA)
4. Minimum System Specifications Requirements:
4.1 Operating system
1. Supports both Arabic and English
2. Supports Networking and standard file systems
3. Supports all levels of security for authenticated clients
4. Supports remote administration
5. Supports all types of backup solutions
4.2 Database
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
٤٧ ‫ ﻣﻦ‬١١ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
1. Proven running under the proposed operating system
2. Support and provide connectivity to at least 100 concurrent users effectively
3. Support all national languages and character sets
4. Ability to support mixed workload environment
5. Automatically managed index options
6. Easy and automatic re-configuration during growth
7. Full parallelism thus lower overall CPU needs
8. Concurrent read / write capability
9. Logical and automatic space management
10. Minimal tuning parameters
11. Priority scheduling
12. Simple expansion process
13. Allows the use of stored procedures and triggers.
14. Capability to balance load across several servers
15. Manipulation of large data sets, large database sizes on same System at the shortest
possible time.
16. Must have an integrated set of security features at different levels.
17. Support of all known Data types including but not limited to Long fields to allow
enclosure of standard Image file formats, e.g. TIFF, PIC, JIF, PCX, BNP, PCD, RAS. as
well as all types of Media data types depending on the D/B platform.
18. Allowing a complete High Availability of data base failover against system failure. This
should reach the point of an uninterrupted transaction processing
19. Availability of system Management tools providing additional security features, tuning
features and Diagnostics feature is a big asset
20. Support of concurrent ad-hoc complex queries that involve historical data.
4.3 Networks
The solution must include all the necessary Network equipment, software and cabling for
the data center in addition to:
•
Connectivity to the current NEWS System.
•
Connectivity to at least 40 new outlets at the 4th and 5th floor .
The proposed network solution should support the required system performance.
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
٤٧ ‫ ﻣﻦ‬١٢ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
All cables in data center room (either copper or fiber) should be terminated on both
ends.
Main Core Switch: Qty (2)
Must be the same Vendor as Edge Switches
These Core switches will be integrated to the bidder solution as an
aggregation point to edge switches and every bidder will apply his proposed
switch to the proposed solution depending on his technical design
requirements, it must have but not limited to the following specification:
Switch Architecture requirements:
•
•
•
The Bidder should provide an intelligent modular Chassis-Based Gigabit-Ethernet,
wire-speed the core Switch, with expansion capacity up to 25% of the initial
installed one.
The Switch design must consist of dual control modules for redundancy.
The switch should have redundant hot-swappable power supply
Miscellaneous Hardware Requirements
•
•
•
•
•
The Switch should have Maximum flash memory to ensure storage of multiple
switch software images. The switch software must support the flash file system to
easily store and load multiple images.
Extensive debugging capabilities to assist in hardware problem resolution.
Memory requirements: Maximum DRAM & Maximum Flash.
The core Switch must be rack-mountable (into standard 19" wide racks).
Power supply requirements: 220VAC, 50 Hz.
Switch interfaces requirements:
•
•
•
Bidder shall provide the core Switch equipped with the suitable number of ports
that will be enough to cover his solution needs with minimum interface speed
Gigabit Ethernet.
Bidder should not provide any network ports over the provided management
modules. These ports should be distributed on separate network interface modules
other than the management.
Switch should be supplied with 10Giga ports that will be at least cover ports nonblocking to connect edge switches via fiber to the core switch.
Switch Performance requirements:
•
•
•
The core Switch should be wire-speed non-blocking L2 switching.
The core Switch Should provides full-duplex, non-blocking operation at maximum
port speed. The bidder should explain the hardware architecture of his
proposed switch.
The core Switch should have redundancy hot-swappable feature over the
management module, switching Fabric and power supply.
Switch Protocol Supported:
•
•
Switch Should Support IPv4, IPv6.
Support fail-over routing protocols for layer3 redundancy such as VRRP (RFC
2338), or similar.
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
٤٧ ‫ ﻣﻦ‬١٣ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
•
•
•
•
The switch should support port mirroring for packet monitoring and capture
(many to one).
The switch should support quality of service (QoS) for TOS, and DiffServ.
The proposed switch should support 10Giga wire-speed for future expansion.
The proposed switch should support but not limited the following IEEE standards:
o IEEE 802.3u 100BaseTX
o IEEE 802.3x Full Duplex with Flow Control
o IEEE 802.1p CoS Prioritization
o IEEE 802.3z 1000Base-SX/LX
o IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T
o IEEE 802.3ae 10 Gigabit Ethernet
o IEEE 802.1w Rapid Spanning Tree
o IEEE 802.1x Port Based Network Access Control
o IEEE 802.1ad standard link Aggregation
o IEEE 802.1Q VLAN Tagging
o IEEE 802.1D Spanning Tree Protocol
IP Routing Protocols:
The proposed switch should support different layer 3 IP routing protocols including but
not limited to:
• Static IP routing support.
• RIP Version 1 & 2.
• OSPF Version 2.
Security features:
The proposed switch should support minimum security features:
• Standard Access Lists and Extended Access Lists
• Network address translation (NAT) and port address translation
capability
• Authentication:
o Remote Authentication Dial-In User Service (RADIUS)
o AAA support.
Management Features
The proposed switch should be managed via
• CLI and GUI.
• SNMP protocol (preferably SNMP-v3).
• RMON.
The proposed switch should be supplied with the latest operating system software, user and installation
manuals as soft-copies (Original CD’s), console cable, power cables, rack mounted accessories …
Edge switches:
(No. of edge switches depending on the solution of the
bidder)
Must be the same Vendor as Core Switches
Switch Architecture requirements:
• The Bidder should provide an intelligent Giga-Ethernet 10/100/1000 Base-T, wire
speed Ethernet Edge Switch with at least 20 RJ45 ports per switch and TWO 10
Giga uplinks ports with GBICs.
• All Giga Ethernet ports must support auto negotiation of port speed and duplex.
Miscellaneous Hardware Requirements
•
The Edge Switches must be rack-mountable (into standard 19" wide racks).
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
٤٧ ‫ ﻣﻦ‬١٤ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
•
•
Power supply requirements: 220VAC, 50 Hz.
All accessories for mounting the switch on a 19" data cabinet should be supplied.
•
•
•
The Switch Should provides full-duplex operation.
Forwarding rate should be at least 60 - MPPS.
Switching Capacity 80 - Gbps
•
The switch should support QoS classification of incoming packets for QoS flows
based on Layer 2, Layer 3, and Layer 4 fields and DiffServ.
The switch should support port mirroring for packet monitoring and capture
(many to one).
The switch should support DHCP.
The switch should support at least the following standards:
o IEEE 802.3 10BaseT
o IEEE 802.3u 100BaseTX/FX
o IEEE 802.3x Full Duplex and flow control.
o IEEE 802.3z 1000Base SX/LX/TX
o IEEE 802.1D spanning Tree protocol
o IEEE 802.1x Port based network access control
o IEEE 802.3ad Link Aggregation
o IEEE 802.1Q VLAN Tagging
o IEEE 802.1w Rapid Spanning Tree
o IEEE 802.1s Multiple Instances STP
o IEEE 802.1p: LAN Layer 2 QoS/CoS Protocol for Traffic Prioritization
o IEEE 802.3af power over Ethernet
Switch Performance requirements
Switch Protocol Supported:
•
•
•
Management Features:
The proposed switch should be managed via
• GUI, CLI, RMON and SNMP protocol (preferably V3).
• DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol).
Switches quantity is for guidance only so the bidder must be sure that all the
users’ connection will be covered by his switches.
The proposed switch should be supplied with the latest operating system software, user and installation
manuals as soft-copies (Original CD’s), console cable, power cables, rack mounted accessories …
Cabling Solution
The solution must include all the necessary Passive equipment and cabling for the data
center in addition to:
•
•
Connectivity to the current NEWS System.
Connectivity to at least 40 new outlets.
All horizontal cabling system must be UTP Shielded Cat 6A according to the international
standards with the following specification:
• UTP 4 pairs cabling with Shielded Cat 6A performance at 4 connectors channel.
• Support Class E applications.
• TIA/EIA Specifications.
All fiber cables must be 12 cores outdoor single-mode armored.
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
٤٧ ‫ ﻣﻦ‬١٥ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
•
•
•
•
Fiber cable designed for outdoor.
Suitable for use in ducts.
Anti-rodent jacket construction.
Steel tape armoring with Dielectric strength elements.
All cables in data center room (either copper or fiber) preferable to be terminated on
both ends.
Management software
The proposed LAN management system preferably to support but not limited to the
following specifications:
• Notification: Ability to monitor traps and alarms from a centralized location as
they are received from the various devices in the network. Traps and alarms
should be color-coded based on criticality
• Discovery: Ability to discover and manage network devices with a graphical user
interface (GUI) of all network elements. A network element Discovery Wizard
provides the ability to discover devices automatically.
• Statistics: Monitoring and displaying the performance of all discovered devices by
collecting and viewing statistical parameters for one or more devices.
• Health: Monitor the operational health of switches. Health operation should be
able to perform any of the following tasks:
o Monitor the health of a switch chassis, a module, or a port(s)
o Set health thresholds, which determine when traps are sent
o Set the health polling interval and temperature display
o Set the switch's health sampling interval
• Audit: provides logs of logins, device discoveries, trap configuration...
• Schedule: Ability to schedule certain activities for a future time and date.
• Trap Responder: Ability of defining actions to be automatically taken when traps
are received. The actions can be defined as sending email or running an externally
defined script …
• System Info: Ability to create a network reports that record switch hardware and
software. The switch report should include system information, detailed module
information, chassis data...
• VLANs Management: Ability to handles the VLAN configuration such as but not
limited to:
o Creating or removing VLANs
o Modifying VLAN parameters, such as description, administrative status,
Spanning Tree status, and virtual router port definitions
o Creating 802.1Q tagged VLAN port assignments
o Configuring VLAN Spanning Tree bridge and port parameters
o Defining VLAN IP router ports to allow Layer 3 routing of VLAN traffic
• Ability to manage the firmware configuration files by backup, restore and software
upgrade.
• Support web-based management feature allowing management thought multiple
platforms and operating systems
• Supports SNMPv3 with backward compatible with SNMPv1, SNMPv2.
• The proposed system should be provided with a graphical user interface (GUI).
Training
•
Bidder should provide certified training courses in a training center of the vendor
locally for two engineers.
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
٤٧ ‫ ﻣﻦ‬١٦ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
•
Bidder should provide training materials for all the proposed courses and a
complete training plan explaining the number of days, hours and the prerequisites
for the audience in each course.
.4 Security
1. Detailed data flow diagrams physical and logical explains in details all the digitization
process and data handling and storing policy.
2. The proposed systems should include security levels for data access and identity
management for the authorized operators.
3. All the data storage and in out processes should be logged and monitored.
4. The proposed systems should provide full detailed reports regarding the data access
and tracking document changes and storing process.
5. The proposed Security solution should be include the following equipment
but not limited to :
i-
Firewalls (Two units - Active / standby) each with 5.5 Gbps throughput and
Six giga Zones (ports).
ii-
Network based IPS (one unit) with one Gbps throughput and management
software .
iii- 100 External token with single management console.
iv- Total Endpoint Protection software (Antivirus , Antispyware , desktop
firewall , intrusion prevention ) for Servers ( number depend on Bidder
solution ) & 30 desktop with administration kit for centralized
management .
6. All Security System should be delivered with :
i-
All necessary licenses for 3 years full operation and maintenance
And License Activation should be start after installation .
ii-
The required Servers used for security operation management.
iii-
Professional organized training for two engineers cover the Firewall and IPS
4.5 Media Asset Management
1. Has
its
own
ingestion
system
or
integrated
with
third
party
ingestion
system.(preferred MAM with built in ingestion SW)
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
٤٧ ‫ ﻣﻦ‬١٧ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
2. Has an engine for content processing, such as transcoding, rewraping, scene change
analysis, key frame generation and quality checks… etc.
3. Has Client Application (Setup application), and Web Clien too.
4. Manages the cataloging, indexing, storing and securing both the media files and the
metadata.
5. Has access rights management module that assures maximum security to asset
access and user login.
6. Manages workflows of media files between (Video server attached Central Storage,
Online Media Storage, Disk Archive Storage, and Tape Backup).
7. Manages the life-cycle of any media files in the system; Copy/Move or Mirror, delete,
Archive/Restore, Send to Production, to Newsroom, to Playout,… etc.
8. Supports browsing, simple edit and search in Low Resolution is a must and adding
voice over in low Res. is recommended.
9. Should transfer EDL (Edit Decision List) from low Res. version to the corresponding
high Res. Version.
10. All low Res. and high Res. materials should be fully controlled & synchronized in MAM
system.
11. All the Solution Architecture must be based on MXF.
12. Supports both Arabic and English (read/write).
13. Provides tools to search material, with full Arabic and English text support and various
filters including the integration with a reliable Arabic search engine that shall include
an integrated Thesaurus (the thesaurus details will be explained later).
14. Supports management of multiple file formats (MPG, MPG2, MPG4, AVI, WMV, FLV,
MOV, MXF, DV25, WAV and MP3)
15. Video compression : support multi formats of HD and SD specially ( IMX , Apple Pro
Res 4:2:2 , .......), SD MPEG-2,HD MPEG-2 of 100 Mbps, Mpeg2 I frame or latest
equivalent one in addition to xdcam of 50 Mbps
16. Must be highly available with high performance and based on open standards.
17. Has powerful, reliable database support.
18. Has tools to generate various customized reports (Log, Users, Media Files and Meta
Data).
19. Provides the facility to describe and catalogue material, to be able to retrieve even a
single shot in a long video clip.
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
٤٧ ‫ ﻣﻦ‬١٨ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
20. Supports any metadata schema, with customization tools to tightly adapt the full
database to the users’ requirements and in both Arabic and English.
21. Using the MAM through web based interface is recommended.
22. Should be able to manage remote File Transfer material sent to archiving system and
creates its low Res. and metadata as if it’s ingested through MAM itself.
23. Has a Service Oriented Architecture, supports WEB services and XML.
24. Integrates tools to manage OffLineTape Libraries (Backup) (direct access & remotely)
or interfaces with an Archive Management System.
25. Has tools to support CUT of files in segments, Stitching and Conforming (Simple
editing for the Low Res) using partial file restore
26. Has features to manually delete files in addition to automatically delete files according
to pre-defined rules.
27. Must log any activity of any user in the system
28. Should have tools to monitor the state and progress of media management (Move,
copy, transcode, etc.)
29. Should have tools to prioritize the job management of specific asset.
30. Automatically initiate and handle all backend process with no human efforts
31. Supports various file formats in the domain of SD, HDV and HD
32. Supports the integration with Media DRM (Digital Right Management System)
33. Supports several e-Delivery methods for the e-Content (ex. VOD & IPTV)
34. Includes video file transfer In/Out capability (FILE TRANSFER) with accepted
bandwidth ( i.e. 20 minutes of Hi-Res media should be transferred in less than 2
minutes )
35. Can directly work with the current Non Linear Editing (NLE) systems (e.g. Final Cut
Pro).
36. Integration with the current News Room System ( video servers (Nexio NX 3601 HDX)
& News Room Computer System NRCS ENPS) and any other future open standard
News Room Systems
37. Should manage all kinds of required wrappers
38. Should store and manage still images and audio files in addition to the video files.
39. Should provide file-based ingestion to & from the current news system and from filebased satellite news agencies in both audio and video file formats.
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
٤٧ ‫ ﻣﻦ‬١٩ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
40. Digital files from XDCam or Panasonic P2 could be directly browsed and select files to
be ingested to MAM system through the digital file-based check-in interface
41. Integration with the News Portal www.egynews.net
42. Integration with the Egynews Radio Channel.
4.6 Signal Processing
4.6.1Shelves
These will be complete with all rack mounting accessories, dual power supply,
and back connectors.
4.6.2 HD/SD video processor Qty (2):
- Stand Alone Multi function synchronizer for external sources complete
with front panel to control input format, chrominance, luminance gain,
Black level and noise reduction level to be provided .
- 19" Rack mount c/w fixation kit.
- Ref. Input analogue BB or Tri-level sync
4.6.3 Two channels analog audio embedding
4.6.4 Two channels analog audio de-embedding
4.6.5 Up and Down conversion.
4.6.6 HD/SD Digital Video Distribution Amplifier Qty (10)
* Solid state modular construction (plug in).
* It is ideal for distributing HD/ SD for longer distance.
* Indicators for loss of power, absence of I/P signal.
* Single input per card.
* Minimum No. of O/P 4
4.6.7 Audio Distribution Amplifier for timecode distribution.
Number of Audio Distribution Amplifiers depending on system architecture.
4.6.8 Video Distribution Amplifiers: (For reference)
Number of Video Distribution Amplifiers depending on system architecture provided
that no loop through is allowed between devices.
- Indicators for loss of power, absence I/P signal.
- Loop through I/P.
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
٤٧ ‫ ﻣﻦ‬٢٠ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
- Support BB or Tri-level sync signal distribution inputs.
4.6.9 Monitoring system consists of
4.6.9.1 multi-viewer:
- At least 48 inputs (Auto sensing & HD/SD)
- 4 DVI outputs.
- Must be modular/ hot swappable.
- Upgradeable to 64 inputs.
- Embedded audio level metering.
- Software for configuration and layout design.
- selectable or detectable aspect ratio for customized display of video inputs.
- Support alarm.
- Source labeling.
- Clock with GPI input.
4.6.9.2 Three display (LCD or Plasma) 50”
Two displays connect to the multi viewer output for ingest monitoring (DVI
input).
One displays for all sources (DVI input).
4.6.9.3 Two High Precision 14” LCD Display.
Support HD/SD input.
One rack mounted kit.
4.6.9.4 Audio Monitoring Qty (2).
Audio monitoring unit supporting HD/SD embedded audio and contains two
loud speakers, a headphone jack and audio meter.
4.6.9.5 Waveform/ vectorscope monitor Qty (2).
- HD/ SD input.
- Support Jitter and eye-Pattern display.
- Analysis for embedded audio including phase detection.
4.6.10 Reference and time code generation.
- Global position satellite (GPS) antenna and receiver QTY (1).
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
٤٧ ‫ ﻣﻦ‬٢١ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
- Sync Pulse Generator (SPG) with black burst, tri-level sync, time code and test signal
complete with all accessories Qty (2).
- Change over unit complete with all accessories Qty (1).
-Digital Clock with Time Code (TC) input Qty (3).
4.6.11 Audio and Video patches
The vendor shall provide all necessary patches that needed in this project.
4.6.12 Passive HUM eliminator for incoming feeds Qty (8)
4.7 Ingestion
1. The ingest process should be simple so that a normal employee can be trained to do
it and no highly trained technicians will be hired for ingesting.
2. The input sources are digital video with imbedded audio (ex. VTR & Live sources).
3. Required min of 16 Ingest ports (with the capability to view the ingested material in
Hi Res after being ingested on the online disk) to ingest from VTRs and satellite news
agencies with 2 formats simultaneously and fully synchronized:
a. High Resolution ( HD: @ 100 Mbps / SD: @ 50Mbps )
b. Low Resolution @ 1.5 Mbps
4. The required HD resolutions are 720p and 1080i.
5. All HD ingestion rate bit rate shall be calculated at 100 Mb/s on average for all the
system.
6. Get information from serial port about the status of VTR
7. Real time Quality Check and file based quality check that should include:
a. Quality Assurance: Edit / Update quality report with one click on player
b. Alerts for the user in case of any video abnormality
8. Support various file formats in the domain of SD and HD
9. Support multiple ingestions (bulk ingestion)
10. Provide 100% frame accuracy assurance tools
11. Supports Transcoding to various SD and HD formats
12. the system shall accept both aspect ratios 4:3 , 16:9 sources
13. the system shall accept both SD and HD sources
14. Total number of video ports :
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
٤٧ ‫ ﻣﻦ‬٢٢ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
a. 8 video ports for live ingest.
b. 8 video ports for VTR.
4.7.1 Ingestion Video Servers (Appliance)
1. Required 4 concurrent ingestion processes all HD&SD streams (1 live feeds & 3 from
VTRs).
2. Reliability 24/7 nonstop event (ingestion )
3. Video input type: HD/SD with embedded audio, could be configured HD/SD using
software.
4. Video compression : support multi formats of HD and SD , SD MPEG-2 @50Mbps,HD
MPEG-2 @ 100 Mbps, MPEG-2 I frame or latest equivalent one in addition to xdcam of
50 Mbps.
4.7.2 HD/ SD digital Video Routers
1. Min 32*32 ports upgradeable to 64*64.
2. Modular/ hotswappable
3. Max. 8 inputs per board.
4. Max. 8 outputs per board.
5. Redundant power supplies.
6. Redundant crosspoint cards.
7. Redundant controllers.
8. Support embedded audio.
9. S/w for configuration.
10. Two control panels 32*16 + one X-Y control panel.
4.7.3 Video Tape Recorder (VTR) (QTY 4)
HD VTR (QTY 1)
Support dynamic tracking.
Must have timecode out.
Support multi format (including digital Betacam).
SD VTR (QTY 3)
Support dynamic tracking.
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
٤٧ ‫ ﻣﻦ‬٢٣ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
Must have timecode out.
Support multi format (including digital Betacam).
Note: all VTR tapes supplied by ERTU will be in Digital betacam format.
4.7.4 Installaton
Bidder shall provide Rackswith( MDU),Original Cables & Connectors.
4.8 Storage solution
ALL The Storage Solution & Backup Management SW Must Be
Integrated With The MAM System
4.8.1 Online disk storage system (Media Storage) capable to hold min of 5000 hours
of Low -Res (@1.5 Mbps) Video File Format . Media files and 150 hours High
Deffention (@100 Mbps) Video File Format.
The required storage solution must provide a highly available storage infrastructure with
no single point of failure (NSPOF), this requires that all critical system components be
redundant (Power supplies, fans, Switches,RAID Controller and any other components
mandatory to achieve NSPOF and automatic failover). Moreover, the Storage should
comply with the following requirements:
a. Hold 5000 hours of all the Low Res ingested media (1.5 Mbps).
b. Hold 150 hours High Deffention (@100 Mbps) media.
c. Expandable to hold at least 150,000 hours Low Res (@1.5 Mbps) media files
and 5000 hours High Deffention (@100 Mbps) media files.
d. Sustained Throughput (To Full Fill the Requirement of the System Performance
As Mentioned Before).
e. The disk storage should be able to increase its bandwidth access to the
network while adding more disk units to increase the capacity.
f. The disk storage file block size must be configurable to handle large file sizes
starting from 8 MB block size.
g. Support Data protection using RAID concept, (Specify types of RAID levels
supported by the provided storage) Or Other Equivalent Concept (Specify
the details of this Concept re) (Support Partial rebuild is recommended).
h. We can lose at least 2 Disks per (node/lun/volume) and still operational.
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
٤٧ ‫ ﻣﻦ‬٢٤ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
i. Intelligent solution with high bandwidth.
j. Protection for cache data during power outages for at least 2 days Or Other
Equivalent Function (Specify the Details of This Function).
k. Ability to do full online firmware upgrades without down time.
l. Preferable Support Hot-Spare Disk Drive or Spare Capacity.
m. Easy to use GUI management tool.
n. Can directly work with Non Linear Editing (NLE) systems “edit while transfer or
in-place” using Final Cut Pro for at least 12 concurrent NLE stations (Preferable
to Be Able to Work with Many Different NLE’s Systems).
o. Support multiple concurrent file access.
p. Open system solution that supports heterogeneous connectivity to multivendor and multi operating system platforms.
q. The Storage Solution must be Rack mountable and provided all Necessary
Racks to accommodate all the hardware needed for the storage solution with
all other accessories like (Dual Power distribution unit and determine the No. of
Output ports in each PDU , KVM switch and determine the No. of ports, KVM
cables & Integrated Rackable monitor TFT At least 17", Keyboard, Mouse).
r. The bidder must provide all required License for the provided storage capacity,
to be able to perform any needed functions.
s. Space-efficient design with modular, stackable growth options, as well as
capacity on demand growth options.
t. Must include remote interface that allows configuration, monitoring and
diagnostics.
u. Must include automatic alerts and alarms to notify managers and operators.
v. Min. of physical dimensions for the system with maximum configuration is
recommended.
Important Notes:
i.
The bidder who will achieve the upgradability required for the storage solution
with minimum number of hardware will be evaluated better than the others.
ii. The bidder must use the maximum Hard Disk Size in the offered storage model to
reach the require capacity without neglecting high availability and performance.
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
٤٧ ‫ ﻣﻦ‬٢٥ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
iii. Specify how the provided storage solution will communicate within the proposed
solution components and also with the existing news systems.
iv. Necessary Connection components like (Switches,….etc) to provide sufficient
communications with all other Storage Solution Components, implying high
availability and non single point of failure.
v. The bidder must state the maximum number of Partitions or the maximum number
of LUNs and The bidder must mention License required for adding extra Partitions
or connecting extra devices OR Equivalent Structure ( Specify The Details
Of This Structure ).
vi. The bidder must provide Storage management SW with the Following Features:
ƒ
Management of Storage elements (provide SW License).
ƒ
Support for multiple management and monitoring applications.
ƒ
A secured Web-based, centralized user interface.
ƒ
Support for mixed heterogeneous platforms attached to the storage.
ƒ
Provides centralized Web-based configuration interface for easy storage
management.
ƒ
Automated storage availability monitoring and notification.
ƒ
Easy configuration for storage systems.
vii. The bidder must deliver all needed original Racks to accommodate the storage
solution. The Rack must be included (All necessary No. of Power distribution unit
To Achieve Redundancy and determine the No. of Output ports in each PDU,
KVM switch , KVM cables & Integrated Rackable monitor TFT At least 17",
Keyboard, Mouse).
viii. Preferable That The Storage Have Been Tested And Approved By Final Cut Pro (
Must Provide a Document Signed From Final Cut Pro To Approve It Can Work At
Least 12 Concurrent NLE’s Users , minimum Four Simultinuse stream for each
High end edit station ).
4.8.2 Archiving disk storage system to hold min of 5,000 hours of High
Deffention (@100 Mbps). media files:
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
٤٧ ‫ ﻣﻦ‬٢٦ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
The required Archiving disk storage must provide a highly available storage
infrastructure with no single point of failure (NSPOF), this requires that all critical
system components be redundant (Power supplies, Fans, RAID controller… etc) and
comply with the following requirements:
a. Hold 5000 hours High Deffention (@100 Mbps) media files.
b. Expandable to hold at least 150,000 hours of High Deffention (@100 Mbps)
media files.
c. The archiving system should support partial video file restore.
d. Include data encryption, and state any other available security feature in the
offered storage.
e. Recommended Support RAID levels 0,1,5,6,10
f. Intelligent solution with high bandwidth.
g. Protect for RAID controller cache during power outages of at least 2 days.
h. The supplier must mention explicitly the maximum number of Hard Disk
enclosures monitored and controlled by RAID controllers (the bidder must
mention devices required for connecting extra disk enclosures without affecting
the performance).
i. Ability to do full online firmware upgrades without down time.
j. Using SATA/FATA/SAS hard disk.
k. Specify how the provided storage solution will communicate within the
proposed solution components and also with the existing news systems.
l. Provide all Necessary Connection components like (Switches,….etc) to provide
sufficient communications with all other Storage Solution Components,
implying high availability and non single point of failure.
m. Support Hot-Spare disk drives or Spare capacity.
n. Easy to use GUI management tool.
o. Support multiple concurrent file access.
p. The Storage Solution must be Rack mountable and provided all Necessary
Racks to accommodate all the hardware needed for the storage solution with
all other accessories like (All necessary No. of Power distribution unit To Achieve
Redundancy and determine the No. of Output ports in each PDU , KVM switch
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
٤٧ ‫ ﻣﻦ‬٢٧ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
and determine the No. of ports, KVM cables & Integrated Rackable monitor
TFT At least 17", Keyboard, Mouse).
q. Open system solution that supports heterogeneous connectivity to multivendor and multi operating system platforms.
r. The bidder must state the maximum number of Partitions or the maximum
number of LUNs and The bidder must mention License required for adding
extra Partitions or LUNs.
s. Space-efficient design with modular, stackable growth options, as well as
capacity on demand growth options.
t. Must include remote interface that allows configuration, monitoring and
diagnostics.
u. Must include automatic alerts and alarms to notify managers and operators.
v. Min. of physical dimensions for the system with maximum configuration is
recommended.
Important Notes:
i.
The bidder who will achieve the upgradeability required for the storage solution
with minimum number of hardware will be evaluated better than the others.
ii. Using new technologies for power saving and heat reduction (e.g. Drive spin
down) is highly recommended and will be strongly evaluated.
iii. The bidder must use the maximum Hard Disk Size in the offered storage model to
reach the require capacity without neglecting high availability and performance.
iv. Specify how the provided storage solution will communicate within the proposed
solution components.
v. The bidder must state the maximum number of Partitions or the maximum number
of LUNs and The bidder must mention License required for adding extra Partitions
or LUNs.
ix. The bidder must provide Storage management SW with the Following Features:
ƒ
Management of Storage elements (provide SW License).
ƒ
Must Provide Partial Retrieval Of Video Files (provide SW License).
ƒ
Support for multiple management and monitoring applications.
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
٤٧ ‫ ﻣﻦ‬٢٨ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
ƒ
A secured Web-based, centralized user interface.
ƒ
Support for mixed heterogeneous platforms attached to the storage.
ƒ
Provides centralized Web-based configuration interface for easy storage
management.
ƒ
Automated storage availability monitoring and notification.
ƒ
Easy configuration of RAID sets & Storage systems.
vi. The bidder must deliver all needed original Racks to accommodate the storage
solution. The Rack must be included (All necessary No. of Power distribution unit
To Achieve Redundancy and determine the No. of Output ports in each PDU,
KVM switch , KVM cables & Integrated Rackable monitor TFT At least 17",
Keyboard, Mouse).
4.8.3 Backup & Recovery Solution (included all needed HW & SW)
The backup system must be a separate system running independently to
assure the best performance for the system at all times. The bidder must
explain clearly the backup SW used and all its features, and provide all the
needed license.
a. Backup system for all the solution components (e.g. servers, OS, Applications.
Databases,… etc).
b. Offline Tape Backup for all media content “at least 5000 hours” in the two formats
“Hi-Res@ 100 Mbps & Low-Res @ 1.5 Mbps”.
In addition to the needed Tapes to back up the rest of the system as
mentioned in point (a).
c. All tape Tape media shall be of at least 800 GB uncompressed, Include all needed
tape media “latest LTO technology available at delivery time”, cleaning tapes &
necessary barcode labels
d. Fully automated unattended backup and restore solution.
e. Native Fiber Interface for the library (Dual interface).
f. GUI for easy library operation.
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
٤٧ ‫ ﻣﻦ‬٢٩ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
g. Preferable to be modular and scalable, to accommodate additional drives and
slots.
h. Four Drives “latest LTO technology available at delivery time” Technology and 60
slots. (The bidder is committed to upgrade all the tape media and drives
to LTO5 technology & migrating all the backuped data without any data
corruption or loss when available in the market).
i. Advanced robotics system for tape handling.
j. A tape recognition technique.
k. The capability for tape drives auto clean through control panel and backup
software.
l. Dual power supplies and fans.
m. The Tape library must be delivered with all needed license, Fiber Cables &
interface modules to communicate with any needed part of the solution.
n. Disaster Recovery plan and procedures.
o. The Backup Software must be able to complete single file backup job on different
tapes in case of the file size is more than the tape media.
p. The Backup Software must be able to dedicate specific drives to specific jobs.
q. Recommended the Backup System to be able to do Partial Restore.
4.9 IT- Servers And PCs
a. The bidder must supply at least 20 brand name PCs with TFT 19" wide monitor
that will support the applications needs to run on the PCs (taking into
consideration the performance requirements).
b. All servers must be equipped with the latest technology guaranteeing that each
server is able to handle many concurrent sessions and at the same time delivering
the required function with the accepted performance.
c. All servers must contain redundant and hot swappable components (Power supply,
HDD, Fans).
d. All servers must have redundant connections.
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
٤٧ ‫ ﻣﻦ‬٣٠ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
e. Redundant network card.
f. Redundant HBA card
ƒ
Depending on the server and its function and how it communicates with other
system components.
g. All the servers must be rackable.
h. The bidder must deliver all needed original Racks to accommodate All No. of
Servers in the Offered solution. The Rack must be included (All necessary No. of
Power distribution unit To Achieve Redundancy and determine the No. of Output
ports in each PDU, KVM switch , KVM cables & Integrated Rackable monitor TFT
At least 17", Keyboard, Mouse).
4.9.1 MAM Application servers must have the following as a
minimum requirement:
Processor: 2x Intel® Xeon® X5570 (95W).
Chipset: Intel® 5520 series.
RAM: 24 GB (4GBx6 module) at least / DDR-3 /Up to 128 GB
HARD disk: 5x 146 GB (at least)/SAS, Hot-Swap/15k rpm is preferable.
Supported RAID Level: 0, 1, 5
RAID Cache: at least 256MB.
Optical Drive: CD-RW/DVD Combo Drive (At least)
Graphics: specify
Communication: Redundant Gigabit Ethernet Cards (At least)
Power Supply: Redundant/ hot swap
Cooling: Proper ventilation to allow a good air cooling, Redundant Hot-Swap fans
Management: Specify
Form Factor: 2U.
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
٤٧ ‫ ﻣﻦ‬٣١ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
4.9.2 Database servers should have the following as a minimum
requirement:
Processor: 4x Intel® Xeon® Processor E7450.
Chipset: Intel® 7300 Chipset or equivalent.
RAM: 32 GB (at least) Using 4GB RAM Modules/Support Dual Channel/Up to 256GB
HARD disk: 4x 146 GB preferable (5 disks)/SAS, Hot-Swap/15k rpm is preferable
Supported RAID Level: 0, 1, 5
RAID Cache: SAS RAID Controller with Preferable (512MB Cache)
Optical Drive: CD-RW/DVD Combo Drive (at least)
Graphics: specify
Communication: Redundant Gigabit Ethernet Cards (At least), Redundant HBA cards is
a must.
Power Supply: Redundant/ hot swap
Cooling: Proper ventilation to allow a good air cooling, Redundant Hot-Swap fans
Management: Specify
Form Factor: max 4U
4.9.3 Any other server should have the following as a minimum
requirement:
Processor: 2x Intel® Xeon® X5570 (95W).
Chipset: Intel® 5520 series.
RAM: 24 GB (4GBx6 module) at least / DDR-3 /Up to 128 GB
HARD disk: 5x 146 GB (at least)/SAS, Hot-Swap/15k rpm is preferable.
Supported RAID Level: 0, 1, 5
RAID Cache: at least 256MB.
Optical Drive: CD-RW/DVD Combo Drive (At least)
Graphics: specify
Communication: Redundant Gigabit Ethernet Cards and redundant fiber connection if
needed
Power Supply: Redundant/ hot swap
Cooling: Proper ventilation to allow a good air cooling, Redundant Hot-Swap fans
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
٤٧ ‫ ﻣﻦ‬٣٢ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
Management: Specify
Form Factor: 2U.
Training courses for Storage Solution:
The bidder must Provide an official Training courses for 12 Person in each of
the Following Items:-
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
Storage Solution.
Backup Software.
Archiving Solution.
Operating System Administration.
MAM Media Asset Management
Vedio Servers
4.10 Thesaurus
It is just a list that depends on descriptors and keys or (Indexing expressions) in
the information system, and this is the tools that help the indexer to assign the
suitable descriptor that suits the context of the document.
Thesaurus Structure:
The thesaurus consists of four sections in English and in Arabic, (mainly English
and Arabic enabled), and these are the following :
1. The Alphabetical order: In which the order is based on the word order
alphabetically, and must follow the order of every word, not a letter by
letter.
2. Set order: which means that the thesaurus is divided into subject facets (or
sets), every set of them is branched into sub sets, and the expressions is
enlisted within each set (like the expression POLITICS) alphabetically, not
hierarchically.
3. The Hierarchical list: The order of the whole expression is Alphabetically,
and under every expression comes the Hierarchically.
4. Using permutations in showing a list of expressions, that means for
example using KWICK (Keywords in Context), and KWOC (keywords out of
text).
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
٤٧ ‫ ﻣﻦ‬٣٣ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
The proposed thesaurus must include but not limited to the following:
When choosing Subject Headings, we have to consider:
1. Specificity, that means we choose the most specific subject heading.
2. wholeness, which means that we choose the descriptors or subject
headings that covers all the included content of the media item, and it is
preferable to be not less than (10) for normal cataloging and (15) for
analytic cataloging.
3. Using one expression to express one subject, so that it can include all
subjects that deals with this content.
4. using the common formula ( expression)
5. using one language to express one content( subject)
6. It is important for the thesaurus to be able to deal with more than one
language at least both Arabic & English.
7. Contain all the content databases required to be fully functional to satisfy
all the previous requirements from day one also we can update and add to
this content during operation
4.11 Services
4.11.1 Ingestion Services
Provide service for ingesting 5,000 hours in both Hi Res & Low Res formats
1. Players for the video tapes is the responsibility of the digitization company
2. Video tapes provided by ERTU do not need restoration
3. Work is done at ERTU site
4. Two shifts can be held everyday each for 8 hours/day
5. A metadata specialist team from ERTU will be available to support the two
shifts
6. The metadata will be provided by ERTU and all the data entry will be the
responsibility of the digitization company
4.11.2 Operation Services
Provide quality control and technical support services for the digitization of 5,000
hours at minimum
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
٤٧ ‫ ﻣﻦ‬٣٤ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
4.11.3 Training Services
The bidder has to clearly describe the training plan included in his offer that is
adequate for the system short and long term operation for at least the
following number of trainees:
1. 60 system users "browsing, searching, basic editing, …etc"
2. 20 ingest & video quality control agents
3. 20 metadata editors "add, edit, delete metadata, ...etc"
4. 12 system Administrators
4.11.4 Project Implementation Services
Project Management
a. Project Plan - Bidders shall supply a complete description of the key activities
required for the installation of the proposed system.
b. Project Organization Chart - In the project plan, the bidder shall include a project
organization chart with the reporting relationships of project team members and
other key personnel. An escalation matrix shall also be included.
c. Project Schedule - A master project schedule must be included identifying the
tasks the vendor will perform and the tasks MOF is expected to perform to
successfully implement the new system.
d. Project Implementation Methodology.
e. The company should deliver Progress Report every 2 weeks to MCIT including
details about the progress status in the project plan, this report starts 2 weeks
after receiving the Purchase Order
Installation Requirements
a. Responsibility - The selected vendor shall be solely responsible for the complete
turn-key engineering of the new proposed system and all interconnecting facilities.
b. Initial Work - Vendor shall perform station reviews, data base preparation, and
original program initializations.
c. The bidder shall include the environmental specifications of the equipment:
d. Space – Provide the physical dimensions of the proposed equipment.
e. Power - All power requirements, including any special conditioning or grounding
requirements.
f. Heat - Vendor must provide heat dissipation for proposed switch room and the
recommended safe temperature operating range for the proposed system.
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
٤٧ ‫ ﻣﻦ‬٣٥ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫أ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﻴﺔ‬
‫•‬
‫ﻴﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺌﺯﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺴﻴﺔ‪ .‬‬
‫)ﺃﺴﺎﺴﻲ ﻜﺤل ﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﻭﺒﺩﻴل ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻜﺤل ﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤل( ‪ .‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ب‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻭﺍﺌﺢ‬
‫•‬
‫ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻜل ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺒﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﻁﺒﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻭﺍﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺘﺨﻀﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ ﻷﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (٨٩‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ١٩٩٨‬ﻭﻻﺌﺤﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﺒﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ج‪ .‬ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ‪ ‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﺤل ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤل )‪ (Turn Key Project‬ﻭﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ ﻤﺴﺌﻭﻻ ﻋﻥ ﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﻭﺤﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﻤﻪ ﻨﻬﺎﺌﻴﺎ ﻜﺤل ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﻭﻗﺎﺌﻡ ﻭﻁﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻋﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤل‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺘﻡ ﺭﻓﺽ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺒﻨﻭﺩﻩ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺭﻓﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﺎﻤل‪ .‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺘﻘﻭﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫﺓ‪ ‬ﺒﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ‪ ‬ﻤﺩﻴﺭًﺍ‪ ‬ﻤﺘﻔﺭﻏﹰﺎ‪ ‬ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ‪ ‬ﻴﻜﻭﻥ‪ ‬ﻤﺴﺌﻭﻻ‪ ‬ﻋﻥ‪ ‬ﻤﺘﺎﺒﻌﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ‪ ‬ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ‪، ‬ﻜﻤﺎ‪ ‬ﻴﻘﻭﻡ‪ ‬ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ‬
‫ﺘﻘﺎﺭﻴﺭ ‪ ‬ﻤﺘﺎﺒﻌﺔ ‪ ‬ﻨﺼﻑ ﺸﻬﺭﻴﺔ ‪ ‬ﻋﻥ ‪ ‬ﺘﻘﺩﻡ ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ‪ ‬ﻟﻤﺩﻴﺭ ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﻥ ‪ ‬ﻤﻥ ‪ ‬ﻗﺒل ‪ ‬ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ‪ ‬ﺍﻻﺘﺼﺎﻻﺕ ‪ ‬ﻭﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺠﺏ ‪ ‬ﺃﻥ ‪ ‬ﺘﻘﺩﻡ ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺭﺓ ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺘﻴﺔ ‪ ‬ﻟﻤﺩﻴﺭ ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ‪ ‬ﻤﻥ ‪ ‬ﺠﻬﺔ ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫﺓ ‪ ‬ﻭﻻ ‪ ‬ﻴﺘﻡ ‪ ‬ﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ ﻤﺩﻴﺭﺍ ‪ ‬ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺍ ‪ ‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ‪ ‬ﻓﺭﻴﻕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤل‪ ‬ﺇﻻ‪ ‬ﺒﻌﺩ‪ ‬ﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪ ‬ﺭﺴﻤﻴﺔ‪ ‬ﻤﻥ‪ ‬ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ‪ ‬ﺍﻻﺘﺼﺎﻻﺕ‪ ‬ﻭﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ‪ .‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ ﻤﺴﺌﻭﻻ ﻤﺴﺌﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻜﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺘﻭﺭﻴﺩ ﻜل ﻤﺎ ﻴﺤﺘﺎﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺤﺘﻰ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻥ ﻗﺩ ﺘﻡ ﺫﻜﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻜﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻴﺔ ﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ .‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﺓ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻴﻪ ﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺃﺨﺭﻱ )‪ (Third Party‬ﻤﺸﺘﺭﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺭﻴﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺠﺯﺀ ﺃﺨﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻭ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻔﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﻤﻌﻬﺎ‪ .‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﺓ ﺘﺩﺭﻴﺏ ﻓﺭﻴﻕ ﻤﻥ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺨﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻭﻴل ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ‪ .‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺜﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤل ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻤﻜﺘﻭﺒﺎ ﻭﻤﻨﺴﻭﺨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺴﺎﺌﻁ ﻤﺩﻤﺠﺔ )‪ (CD‬ﻭﻤﺭﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺘﺠﺩﻴﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺘﻌﺩﻴﻼﺕ ﺘﻁﺭﺃ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺜﺎﺌﻕ ﺨﻼل ﻤﺩﺓ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺭﺓ ﺒﺄﺭﺒﻊ ﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭ ﺘﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺜﺎﺌﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﺒﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﻭ ﻟﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺭ ‪ :‬‬
‫‪(Analysis Document, Procedure Manual, User Requirement Manual, Training Plan,‬‬
‫‪Testing Procedures, Test Cases Manual, User Guide, Operation And Administration‬‬
‫‪Guide, Installation guide, trouble shooting guide, Network layout, Solution‬‬
‫‪Architecture, Special Programming Code Documentation, Block Diagrams ,‬‬
‫‪audio/video signal diagram, reference diagram …etc).‬‬
‫• ﺘﻠﺘﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺒﺈﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻭل ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻜﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻤﺜﺎﻟﻲ‪ .‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ٣٦‬ﻣﻦ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺘﻠﺘﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺒﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﺨﻴﺹ ﻭﻨﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﺍﻷﺼﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻤﻊ ﺃﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻴﻥ ﻭﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﺠﻬﺯﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤل ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ ‪ .‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺘﻠﺘﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺒﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺘﻘﺎﺭﻴﺭ ﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺘﻭﻀﺢ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺤﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺘﺸﻐﻴل ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻲ‪ .‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺘﻠﺘﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺒﺈﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺒﻠﻭﺠﺭﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻗﻤﻨﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺨﺒﺎﺭ ‪ .‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺘﻠﺘﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺒﺈﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻼﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻭل ﻁﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻜﻭﺭﺓ ﻻﺤﻘﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴل ﻴﺠﺏ ﺘﻭﺭﻴﺩﻫﺎ ﻨﺴﺨﺔ ﺃﺼﻠﻴﺔ ﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻔﺘﻭﺤﺔ ﺸﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌﻁ ﻭﺩﻻﺌل ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴل‬
‫•‬
‫ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺘﻭﺭﻴﺩﻫﺎ ﺸﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺒﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺼﻼﺕ ﻭﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺘﻁﺎﺒﻘﻬﺎ ﻤﻊ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴل ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺩﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺨﺹ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻁﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﻘﻭﺍﺌﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺘﻭﺭﻴﺩﻫﺎ ﺸﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻨﺴﺦ ﺃﺼﻠﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺩﻻﺌل ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴل ﻭﺍﻻﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ‪ .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺭﺒﺎﺌﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ )‪ ٢٢٠‬ﻓﻭﻟﺕ ‪ ٥٠/‬ﺫﺒﺫﺒﺔ ﻟﻜل ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ (‪ .‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺩﻋﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺩﺨﺎل ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺴﻬﻠﺔ ﻤﻴﺴﺭﺓ ﻭﻤﺩﻤﺠﺔ‪ .‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺘﻠﺘﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺒﺘﻭﺼﻴﻑ ﺨﻁﺔ ﻻﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﻭﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺤل ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺨﻁﺔ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺘﻠﺘﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺒﺘﻭﺼﻴﻑ ﺨﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﺭﻴﺏ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻤﻠﻴﻥ ﺘﻔﺼﻴﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺨﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﺭﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺘﻠﺘﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺒﺤل ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺩ ﺘﻌﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺌﻲ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ‪ .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ‪ .‬‬
‫ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ؛ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺇﺒﻼﻍ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﻭ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺨﺒﺎﺭ ﺒﺎﺘﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺯﻴﻭﻥ ﺒﻬﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻓﻭﺭ ﺤﺩﻭﺜﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻜﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤل ﺃﻱ ﻤﻌﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺘﻼﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺨﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻼﻡ‪ .‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺘﻠﺘﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺩﻴﺙ "‪ "upgrades‬ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ "‪ "Software‬ﺨﻼل ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ‪ .‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻱ ﻨﺹ ﺒﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺁﺨﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻁﺎﻕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻓﺎﻨﻪ ﻴﻌﺘﺩ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ‪ .‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫د‪ .‬ﺴﺭﻴﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ‪ ‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ‪ ‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻴﻀﻤﻥ ‪ ‬ﺘﺤﺎﻟﻑ ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫﺓ ‪ ‬ﺴﺭﻴﺔ ﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺒﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺼﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻭﻋﺔ ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ‪ ‬‬
‫ﺒﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺨﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺘﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺯﻴﻭﻥ ‪ ‬ﺤﻴﺙ ‪ ‬ﻻ ‪ ‬ﻴﺤﻕ ‪ ‬ﻟﻠﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ‪ ‬ﺘﺩﺍﻭل ‪ ‬ﻫﺫﻩ ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ‪ ‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ‬ﻨﺸﺭﻫﺎ ‪ ‬ﺒﺄﻱ ‪ ‬‬
‫ﺼﻭﺭﺓ ‪ ، ‬ﻭﻓﻰ‪ ‬ﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ ‬ﺨﺭﻕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ‪ ‬ﻟﻬﺫﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺩ‪ ‬ﺘﻌﺭﺽ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ‪ ‬ﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺨﺼﻡ ‪ %٥٠‬ﻤﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ‪ ‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﺌﻠﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ‪ .‬‬
‫ﻩ‪ .‬ﺤﻘﻭﻕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻴﺔ ‪ ‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺘﺅﻭل ‪ ‬ﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ‪ ‬ﻭﻤﻠﻜﻴﺔ ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ‪ ‬ﺒﺎﻟﻜﺎﻤل ‪ ‬ﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺨﺒﺎﺭ ﺒﺎﺘﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺯﻴﻭﻥ ﻭﻻ ‪ ‬ﻴﺤﻕ ‪ ‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫﺓ‪ ‬ﺃﻭ‪ ‬ﺃﻱ‪ ‬ﺠﻬﺔ‪ ‬ﺃﺨﺭﻱ‪ ‬ﻨﺴﺦ‪ ‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ‪ ‬ﺠﺯﺀ‪ ‬ﺃﻭ‪ ‬ﻜل‪ ‬ﻤﻥ‪ ‬ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪ .‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ٣٧‬ﻣﻦ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺘﺅﻭل ﺤﻘﻭﻕ ‪ ‬ﻤﻠﻜﻴﺔ ‪ ‬ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ‪ ‬ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ‪ ‬ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻭﻋﺔ ‪ ‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺒﻠﻭﺠﺭﺍﻓﻴﺔ ‪ ‬ﺒﺎﻟﻜﺎﻤل ‪ ‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ‬ﻗﻁﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺨﺒﺎﺭ ﺒﺎﺘﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺯﻴﻭﻥ‪ ‬ﻭﻻ‪ ‬ﻴﺤﻕ‪ ‬ﻟﻠﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫﺓ‪ ‬ﺃﻭ‪ ‬ﺃﻱ‪ ‬ﺠﻬﺔ‪ ‬ﺃﺨﺭﻯ‪ ‬ﻨﺴﺦ‪ ‬ﺃﻭ‪ ‬ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ‪ ‬ﺠﺯﺀ‪ ‬ﺃﻭ‪ ‬ﻜل ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ‪ .‬‬
‫‪ .٧‬ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀﺍﺕ‬
‫أ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻗﻴﺕ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺘﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭ ﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ )ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻜﻴﺔ – ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﻤﺼﺭ ﺇﺴﻜﻨﺩﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺭﺍﻭﻱ ‪ -‬ﻙ ‪ (٢٨‬ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﺸﺭ ﻅﻬﺭ ﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻻﺭﺒﻌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻓﻕ ‪ ٢٠١٠/ ٧ /١٤‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﻓﺘﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻅﺎﺭﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻠﺴﺔ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻅﺎﺭﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﺸﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ ﻭﺘﺤﺘﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻅﺎﺭﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻤﻐﻠﻘﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻅﺎﺭﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺭﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﻭﻟﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺠﻠﺴﺔ ﻻﺤﻘﺔ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻭﻋﺩﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺘﻪ‪ .‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺠﻠﺴﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻔﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻋﺸﺭ ﻅﻬﺭ ﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺜﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻓﻕ ‪ ٢٠١٠/٦/١٥‬‬
‫ﻤﻼﺤﻅﺔ ﻫﺎﻤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻤﺎ ﺘﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺠﻠﺴﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻔﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻭﻀﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻜﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺠﺯﺀﺍ ﻻ ﻴﺘﺠﺯﺃ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻷﺼﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ب‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺩﻤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻻ ﻴﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﺓ ﺴﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻋﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﻨﻅﻡ‬
‫ﻤﻜﺘﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺩﻴﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻭﻴل ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﻔﻴﺩﻴﻭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﻀﻤﻥ ﻤﺴﺘﻨﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﺭﻀﻬﺎ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺜﺒﺕ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺸﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﻴﻘﻊ‬
‫ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎل‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺭﻓﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀ ﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﻭﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺠﺎل ﻨﻅﻡ‬
‫ﻤﻜﺘﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺩﻴﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻭﻴل ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﻔﻴﺩﻴﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺜﺒﺕ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻫﺎ ﻟﻤﺜل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺠﺯﺍﺀ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺒﻤﺼﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﻭﺘﻭﻀﻴﺢ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫﺓ‪ .‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻤﺘﺤﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﻨﻅﻡ ﻤﻜﺘﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺩﻴﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻴـﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻭﻴـل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﻔﻴﺩﻴﻭ ‪ ،‬ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﺼﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺜﺒﺕ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺴﺘﻨﺩﺍﺕ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺘﺅﻜﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴـﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ؛‬
‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺜﺒﺕ ﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤل ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ج‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺩﻤﺔ‬
‫•‬
‫ﻴﺠﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻌﻤل ﻜل ﺍﻟﺯﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺩﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﻜل ﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻭﻤﻌﺎﻴﻨﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻨﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﺒﻌﻁﺎﺌﻬﺎ ﻭﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻜل ﻤﻼﺤﻅﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﺔ ﻭﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ‪ .‬‬
‫ﺯﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﻤﻌﺎﻴﻨﺔ ﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺒﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺨﺒﺎﺭ ‪ ‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ٣٨‬ﻣﻦ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﺘﺤﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﺸﺭ ﻅﻬﺭ ﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻻﺜﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻓﻕ ‪ ٢٠١٠/٥/٣١‬ﻜﻤﻭﻋﺩ ﻟﺯﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﻤﻌﺎﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺒﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺨﺒﺎﺭ ﺒﺎﺘﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺯﻴﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻀﻤﻥ ﻨﻁﺎﻕ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺭﻏﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺸﺘﺭﺍﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ ﺇﺭﺴﺎل ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺼﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻁﺎﻗـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼـﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺌﻭﻟﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﻴﻥ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﺭﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻘﺭ ﺇﺘﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺯﻴﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻭﻋﺩ ﺃﻗﺼـﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﻴﺎﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﻁـﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴـﺔ ﻭﻴـﺘﻡ ﺘﺴـﻠﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨـﺩﺱ ‪ /‬ﺃﺴـﺎﻤﺔ ﺃﺤﻤـﺩ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﺒﻤﻘﺭ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺘﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ – ﻋﺭﺍﺒﻲ ‪ -‬ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫د‪ .‬ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀﺍﺕ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻋﻁﺎﺀﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻅﺭﻭﻓﻴﻥ ﺃﺤﺩﻫﻤﺎ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻷﺨﺭ ﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻤﻊ ﺘﻭﻀﻴﺢ ﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻤﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺤﻤل ﻤﻨﺩﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﺘﻔﻭﻴﻀﺎ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻴﺎ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻑ ﺭﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻤﻐﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻪ ﺒﺤﻀﻭﺭ ﺠﻠﺴﺔ ﻓﺘﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻅﺎﺭﻴﻑ‪ .‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻜل ﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻤﺨﺘﻭﻤﺔ ﺒﺨﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻜﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ ﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺨﺘﻭﻤﺔ ﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‪ .‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ .٨‬ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻭﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻅﺭﻭﻓﻴﻥ ﻤﻐﻠﻘﻴﻥ ﻤﻭﻀﺤﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻜل ﻤﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺼﺎﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻭﻤﺤﺘﻭﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫أ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﻓﻨﻲ )ﻤﻅﺭﻭﻑ ‪ (١‬ﺒﺩﺍﺨﻠﻪ ﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺘﻔﺼﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀ )ﻜﻤﺎ ﺠﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﺴـﺔ(‬
‫ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺇﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺴﻌﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻜﻠﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺠﺯﺌﻴﺎ ﻤﻊ ﻤﺭﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺼل ﻭ ﻨﺴﺨﺘﻴﻥ ﻭ ﺘﻭﻀـﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺃﺼل ﺃﻭ ﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﻓﻰ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺫﻜﺭ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺴﻌﺎﺭ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻤﺭﻓﻭﺽ ﻓﻨﻴ ﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ب‪ .‬ﻤﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﻤﺎﻟﻲ )ﻤﻅﺭﻭﻑ ‪ (٢‬ﺒﺩﺍﺨﻠﻪ ﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺴﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀ ‪ .‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻴﺴﻠﻡ ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻅﺭﻭﻓﻴﻥ ﻤﻌﺎ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺭﻴﺎﺕ ﺒﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺘﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﺘﺏ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻜل‬
‫ﻤﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺒﺨﻁ ﻭﺍﻀﺢ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫•‬
‫( ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ٢٠١٠‬ﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻓﻴﺩﻴﻭ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻭﻴل ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻟﻌﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ )‬
‫‪ ٥٠٠٠‬ﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻴﺩﻴﻭ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺨﺒﺎﺭ ﺒﺎﺘﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺯﻴﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻲ ﻭﻀﻭﺡ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻅﺭﻭﻓﻴﻥ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻅﺭﻭﻓﻴﻥ ﻤﺴﺘﻘﻠﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺩﺍﻻ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻭﻗﻴﻊ ﻭﺨﺘﻡ‬
‫ﻜل ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺤﺘﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ‪ .‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻤﺤﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ‪:‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻴﺠﺏ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻨﺴﺨﺔ ﻤﻁﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ CD‬ﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺍﺨﺘﻼﻑ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻡ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟـ ‪ CD‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗﻲ ﺴﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺠﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗﻲ‪ .‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ٣٩‬ﻣﻦ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺘﺭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﻜﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺭﺍﻩ ﻤﻭﻗﻌﺔ ﻭ ﻤﺨﺘﻭﻤﺔ ﺒﺨﺎﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜل ﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﺭﻓﻕ‬
‫ﻤﻜﻤل ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﺴﺔ )ﺍﻟﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻔﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ( ﺇﻥ ﻭﺠﺩ ﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﻭ ﻤﺨﺘﻭﻡ ﺒﺨﺎﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜل ﺼﻔﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻙ ﻗﺒﻭﻻ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺒﻜل ﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻜﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻔﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺠﺯﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺴﻴﻭﻗﻊ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺴﺘﺴﻨﺩ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻻ ﻴﻌﺘﺩ ﺒﺄﻱ ﺘﻌﺩﻴل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺩﻭﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ‪ .‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻼ ﻤﻥ ﻋﺭﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻭﻻ ﻴﻌﺘﺩ ﺒﺄﻱ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺘﻘﺩﻤﻬﺎ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺨﺘﻭﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺒﺨﺘﻡ ﻜل ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺒﺨﺎﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻘﺴﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺒﻭﺍﺏ ﺒﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻗﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﻭل ﻴﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪:‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﺒﺘﺩﺍﺌﻲ‪ .‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻨﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺸﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻗﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ‪ .‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﺠل ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻤﻭﻀﺤﺎ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺁﺨﺭ ﺇﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﻀﺭﻴﺒﻲ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺅﻴﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﻤﻌﻬﺎ‪ .‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﻤﻤﺎﺜﻠﺔ ﻨﺎﺠﺤﺔ ﻤﻭﻀﺤﺎ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻵﺘﻲ ‪ :‬‬
‫–‬
‫ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ‪ .‬‬
‫–‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﻤﻌﻬﺎ‪ .‬‬
‫–‬
‫ﻤﻴﺯﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ‪ .‬‬
‫–‬
‫ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ )ﺘﺴﻠﻴﻡ ﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ – ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻨﻅﻡ ‪ (............ -‬‬
‫–‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ )ﺘﺤﻭﻴل ﺭﻗﻤـﻲ‪-‬ﺃﺠﻬـﺯﺓ ﻭﻤﻌـﺩﺍﺕ ‪- System integrator ‐ ‬‬
‫ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ‪ -‬ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ‪ -‬ﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬‬
‫• ﺭﺃﺱ ﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻭ ﻤﻴﺯﺍﻨﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ‪ ‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜل ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ‪ ‬‬
‫• ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻟﻑ ﻤﻭﻗﻌﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻜل ﺍﻷﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﻤﻊ ﺘﻭﻀﻴﺢ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻟﻑ ﻭﻤﺴﺌﻭﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﻜل ﺃﻁﺭﺍﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻟﻑ‪ .‬‬
‫• ﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻷﻡ ﺘﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻵﺘﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﺸﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺒﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻡ ﺸﺎﻤﻼ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﻭ ﺍﻷﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﻤﻁﺎﺒﻕ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻴﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﻌﻤل ﻜل ﺍﻷﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻷﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﺒﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺘﺎﻤﺔ‪ .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﻴﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺤل ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺡ ﻟﻠﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻤﺘﻀﻤﻨﺎ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫– ﺭﺅﻴﺔ ﻤﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﺤل ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻡ ﻤﻨﻪ ﻭﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺘﻐﻁﻴﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﺭﺍﺴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ٤٠‬ﻣﻦ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫– ﻭﺼﻑ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺩﻗﻴﻕ ‪ ‬ﻤﺩﻋﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﺴﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻀﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻤﺭﻜﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺒﻁ ﻤﻊ ﻤﻜﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ )‪ . (Network Infra structure‬‬
‫– ﻭﺼﻑ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻟﻜل ﺍﻷﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ)‪ .(H/W and S/W‬‬
‫– ﻭﺜﻴﻘﺔ ﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺘﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻨﻅﺎﻡ ‪ System Design Document‬ﻭ ﺘﺒﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻜﻜل‪ .‬‬
‫– ﻭﺜﻴﻘﺔ ﺭﺴﻡ ﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁﻲ ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﻤﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ audio, vedio, reference and networking‬‬
‫– ﻭﺜﺎﺌﻕ ﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻜل ﺠﺯﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺩﺓ ﻭ ﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻭﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺘﻜﺎﻤﻠﻪ ﻤﻊ ﺒﺎﻗﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺠﺯﺍﺀ‪ .‬‬
‫– ﺨﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴل ‪ Detailed Implementation Plan‬ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ﻭ ﺘﺸﻐﻴل‬
‫ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻤﻜﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻤﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺘﺴﻠﺴل ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬‬
‫– ﺨﻁﺔ ﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻤﻜﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﺭﻴﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﻡ‪ ‬‬
‫‪ (Users And System Administrators) ‬‬
‫– ﺨﻁﺔ ﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺒﻠﻭﺠﺭﺍﻓﻴﺔ ‪ .‬‬
‫– ﺨﻁﺔ ﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺭﻗﻤﻨﺔ ﻋﺩﺩ ‪ ٥,٠٠٠‬ﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻴﺩﻴﻭ ﺸﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺒﻠﻭﺠﺭﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪ .‬‬
‫– ﺨﻁﺔ ﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺘﺸﻐﻴل ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺴﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻟﻴﺼل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺩﺩ ‪ ٥٠,٠٠٠‬ﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺩﻴﻭ‪ .‬‬
‫– ﺨﻁﺔ ﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻗﻤﻨﺔ‪ .‬‬
‫– ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻤﺭﺠﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺘﺼﺎل ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ‪ .‬‬
‫– ﺤل ﻓﻨﻲ ﻹﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﻤﻊ ‪ ‬ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ‪ News Room‬ﻭ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﺃﺨﺒﺎﺭ ﻤﺼﺭ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺒﻭﺍﺒﺔ ﺃﺨﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻤﺼﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﺭﻨﺕ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﺤﺘﺎﺠﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻨﻅﻡ ﺘﺄﻤﻴﻥ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺒﻁ ﺒﺎﻻﻨﺘﺭﻨﺕ‪ .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ ﻴﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜل ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻤﻊ ﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺌﻭﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻜل ﻋﻀﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل‪ .‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻭﺍﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ‪ :‬‬
‫– ﺘﺸﻤل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺘﻴﺔ ﻟﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺴﻴﻜﻠﻑ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﻤﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀ ﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺒـﺭﺍﻤﺞ‬
‫ﻤﻭﻀﺤﺎ ﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻤﻤﺎﺜﻠﺔ ﻭﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﻤﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀ ﺒﺘﻭﻀﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜـل ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻤـﻲ‬
‫ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻨﻪ ﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﺠﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﻤﻊ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺃﺜﻨـﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬‬
‫–‬
‫ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺹ‪ .‬‬
‫–‬
‫ﻋﺩﺩ ﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﺓ‪ .‬‬
‫–‬
‫ﻋﺩﺩ ﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﺡ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل‪ .‬‬
‫–‬
‫ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺒﻬﺔ ﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ‪ .‬‬
‫–‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺼل ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫–‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺒﻊ ﻴﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ٤١‬ﻣﻦ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻭﺭﻴﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺸﻤل ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﺒﺘﺩﺍﺀ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺭﻴﺩ ﻭﺍﻨﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺒﺘﺴﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﻜﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﻡ ﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ )‪ .(Turn Key Project‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺱ ﻴﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻓﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫– ﺃﻴﺔ ﻜﺘﺎﻟﻭﺠﺎﺕ ﺃﺼﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﻴﻀﺎﺤﺎﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﺤﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻴﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﻌﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺘﻁﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻷﺼﻨﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻜﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻜﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ‪ :‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﺇﺠﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ‪ :‬‬
‫‪ (١‬ﺇﺠﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺭ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻨﻁﺎﻕ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻜﻜل‪ .‬‬
‫‪ (٢‬ﺇﺠﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺭ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻤﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺒﻨﻭﺩ ﺤﺴﺏ ﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻁﺎﻕ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ‪ .‬‬
‫ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺼﻴل‪ :‬‬
‫‪ (١‬ﺴﻌﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺓ ﻟﻜل ﺒﻨﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻨﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺸﺎﻤﻼ ﺍﻟﻨﻘل ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻟﻜل‬
‫ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺩﺓ‪ .‬‬
‫‪ (٢‬ﺇﺠﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺴﻌﺭ ﻜل ﺒﻨﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻨﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ‪ .‬‬
‫‪ (٣‬ﺴﻌﺭ ﺘﺩﺭﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﺒﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺭ )‪- 60 system users‬‬
‫‪10 system - 20 metadata editors - 20 ingest & video quality control agents‬‬
‫‪ .( Administrators‬‬
‫‪ (٤‬ﺇﺠﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺴﻌﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﺭﻴﺏ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺒﺄﻜﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻌﺩﺩ ‪ ١١٢‬ﻤﺘﺩﺭﺏ‪ .‬‬
‫‪ (٥‬ﺴﻌﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻭﻴل ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺩﻴﻭ ﺸﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺒﻠﻭﺠﺭﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬‬
‫‪ (٦‬ﺇﺠﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺴﻌﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻭﻴل ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻟﻌﺩﺩ ‪ ٥,٠٠٠‬ﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻴﺩﻴﻭ‪ .‬‬
‫‪ (٧‬ﺴﻌﺭ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴل ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺩﺓ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ‪ .‬‬
‫‪ (٨‬ﺇﺠﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺴﻌﺭ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴل ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﻁﻭﺍل ﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ )ﺃﺭﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﻋﻭﺍﻡ(‪ .‬‬
‫‪ (٩‬ﺴﻌﺭ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺩﻴﻭ‪ .‬‬
‫‪ (١٠‬ﺇﺠﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺴﻌﺭ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﺩﺩ ‪ ٥٠,٠٠٠‬ﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻴﺩﻴﻭ‪ .‬‬
‫• ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﻌﺎﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺸﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻀﺭﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﺍﺌﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭﻡ ﺇﻥ ﻭﺠﺩ‪ .‬‬
‫• ﻴﻼﺤﻅ ﺃﻻ ﻴﺤﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻴﺔ ﺘﺤﻔﻅﺎﺕ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺒﺴﻌﺭ ﺼﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺠﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺴﻌﺎﺭ ﺜﺎﺒﺘﺔ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺇﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺩ ﻭﺼﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﺒﻌﺎﺩ ﺃﻱ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺘﺤﻔﻅﺎﺕ ﻤﺭﺘﺒﻁﺔ ﺒﺄﺴﻌﺎﺭ ﺼﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺠﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪ .‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ٤٢‬ﻣﻦ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺴﻌﺎﺭ )ﺍﻹﺠﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ( ﻓﻲ ﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺠﺩﻭل ﻟﻜل ﺒﻨﺩ ﻜﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ :‬‬
‫ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻑ ﻭﻭﺼﻔﺔ ‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻋﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺴﻌﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺓ ‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺍﺕ ‪ ‬‬
‫ﺇﺠﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺴﻌﺭ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻑ ‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺇﺠﻤﺎﻟﻲ ‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺭﺘﺒﺎﻁ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫•‬
‫ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺘﻘل ﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺭﺘﺒﺎﻁ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺃﺭﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﺸﻬﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻅﺎﺭﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻷﺨﺫ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺃﺴﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﺓ ﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﻟﻤﺩﻩ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺸﻬﺭﻤﻥ ﺘـﺎﺭﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺴـﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻠﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺒﻌﺽ ﺃﻭ ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﺒﻨﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﻟـﻙ ﻋﻨـﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻼﻤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٩‬ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻤﻴﻨﺎﺕ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﺒﺘﺩﺍﺌﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﻘﺩﻡ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀ ﺘﺄﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﺒﺘﺩﺍﺌﻲ ﺠﻤﻠﺘﻪ ‪ ٢٠٠,٠٠٠‬ﺠﻨﻴﻪ ﻤﺼﺭﻱ )ﻓﻘﻁ ﻤﺎﺌﺘﺎﻥ ﺃﻟﻑ ﺠﻨﻴﻪ ﻤﺼﺭﻱ ﻻ ﻏﻴﺭ( ﻭﻴﺭﻓﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻤﻴﻥ ﻨﻘﺩﹰﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺒﺸﻴﻙ ﻤﻘﺒﻭل ﺍﻟﺩﻓﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺒﺨﻁﺎﺏ ﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﺴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻭل ﻟﻤﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺒﻌﺔ ﺸﻬﻭﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻅﺎﺭﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻤﻴﻥ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺃﺼﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﻘﺒﻭﻟﺔ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻨﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻤﺩﺓ ﺴﺭﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻴﻘﺒل ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﺼﺤﻭﺏ ﺒﻜﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﺒﺘﺩﺍﺌﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺒﻪ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺌﻲ‪:‬‬
‫–‬
‫ﻴﻘﺩﻡ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﻭل ﺨﻼل ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﻻ ﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻋﺸﺭﺓ ﺃﻴﺎﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ﺇﺨﻁﺎﺭﻩ ﺒﻘﺒﻭل ﻋﻁﺎﺌﻪ ﺘﺄﻤﻴﻨﹰﺎ ﻨﻬﺎﺌﻴﹰﺎ ﺒﻤﻘﺩﺍﺭ ‪ %٥‬ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﻁﺎﺌﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﻭل ﺇﺠﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻭﻴﺒﻘﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻤﻴﻥ ﻤﺤﺠﻭﺯﹰﺍ ﻟﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺒﺼﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻨﻬﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻨﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬‬
‫–‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺠﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺌﺯﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺌﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﻟﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺘﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻭﻗﻴﻊ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺭﺭﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ ٢١‬ﻤﻥ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻗﺼﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺯﺍﻴﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻡ ‪٨٩‬‬
‫ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ .١٩٩٨‬‬
‫‪ .١٠‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻁﻥ‬
‫أ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻟﻔﺎﺕ‪ :‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ٤٣‬ﻣﻦ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺸﺘﺭﺍﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺘﺤﺎﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺴﺒﻕ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻵﺘﻰ‪:‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﺘﻔﺎﻕ ﻤﻭﺜﻕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺭﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻟﻑ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺠﺏ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺜﻠﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻘـﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﻴﻥ ﻟﻠﺸـﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺃﻋﻀـﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻟﻑ ﻭﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﻜﺤﺩ ﺃﺩﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .I‬ﺃﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺭﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻟﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .II‬ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻤﺜل ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ )ﻤﻥ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ( ﻟﻪ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺼﻼﺤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴل ﻭﺼﺭﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺒﺎﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻟﻑ ﻭﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺘﻪ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .III‬ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻤﺴﺌﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺘﻀﺎﻤﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻟﻑ ﻋﻥ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻜﻜل‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻴﺠﺏ ﺘﻭﻀﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻜل ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻋﻀﻭ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻟﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻅل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻟﻑ ﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍ ﻭﻗﺎﺌﻤﺎ ﻁﻭﺍل ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﺘﻔﻴﺩ ﺒـﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻭﻗﻌـﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻤﺨﺘﻭﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﻭﻴﻌﺩ ﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﺨﻼل ﻤﻥ ﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻟﻑ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﺎﺘﻪ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻗﺩ ﻴﺴﺘﻭﺠﺏ ﺘﻭﻗﻴـﻊ ﺃﻱ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺭﺭﺓ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻟﻑ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻴﺠﺏ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺒﻨﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺘﻔﺎﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻭﻀﺢ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺌﻭﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜل ﻁﺭﻑ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻟﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ب‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻴﺠﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺭﺩ ﺃﺨﺫ ﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﻩ ﻤﻊ ﺃﻴﺔ ﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻜل ﺃﻭ ﺠﺯﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﻴﺤﻕ ﻟﻠﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺘﺭﻓﺽ ﺃﻱ ﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻁﻥ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺃﺨﺫ ﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﺴﺒﻘﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﺘﺨﺎﺫ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺘﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﺤﻔـﻅ ﺤـﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١١‬ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ‬
‫• ﻋﻠﻲ ﻤﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻡ ﻤﻨﻪ ﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻡ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻭﺩ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻁﺎﻕ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻭﺴﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺓ ﻤﺤﻼ ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻨﻲ‪ .‬‬
‫• ﻴﺠﺏ ﺫﻜﺭ ﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺭﻴﺩ ﻟﻤﻘﺭ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺘﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ‪ .‬‬
‫• ﻴﺠﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﺓ ﺘﻭﺭﻴﺩ ﺒﻨﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﺒﻤﺨﺎﺯﻥ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺘﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻠﻔﺤﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ ‪ ‬‬
‫)ﻤﻠﺤﻭﻅﺔ ‪ :‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻨﻘل ﺍﻷﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺭﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺨﺎﺯﻥ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺘﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﻤﺨﺎﺯﻥ ﺇﺘﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺯﻴﻭﻥ ﺘﺘﻡ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺇﺸﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺴﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ (‪ .‬‬
‫• ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺤﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻭﻫﻰ ﺃﺜﻨﻰ ﻋﺸﺭ ﺸﻬﺭ ﺘﺒﺩﺃ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺭﻜﺯ‬
‫ﻭﺘﺴﻠﻴﻤﻪ ﻟﻠﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺴﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺨﻁﺎﺏ ﺇﺨﻁﺎﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺘﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ‪ .‬‬
‫• ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺤﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﺜﻨﻲ ﻋﺸﺭﺓ ﺸﻬﺭﺍ ﻤﻴﻼﺩﻴﺎ ﺘﺒﺩﺃ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ﺇﺼﺩﺍﺭ ﺃﻤﺭ ﺇﺴﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ‪ ‬‬
‫‪ .١٢‬ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺩﻓﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫• ‪ %٢٥‬ﻤﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ‪ ‬ﺩﻓﻌﺔ ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﻤﻘﺎﺒل ﺨﻁﺎﺏ ﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﻨﻜﻲ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻭﻏﻴﺭ ﻗﺎﺒل ﻟﻺﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﻭﺴﺎﺭﻱ ﺤﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻼﻡ ﻜل ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺩ‪ .‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ٤٤‬ﻣﻦ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫• ‪ %١٥‬ﻤﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻼﻡ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺘﻭﺭﻴﺩ ﻜل ﺍﻷﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﻭﺍﻻﻨﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺤﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺨﺎﺯﻥ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺘﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ‪ .‬‬
‫• ‪ %٢٠‬ﻤﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ﻜل ﺍﻷﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﻭﻀﺒﻁ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﻌﻤل ﺩﺍﺨل‬
‫ﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺍﺘﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺯﻴﻭﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻨﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﺭﻴﺏ ﻭ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﻡ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺜﺎﺌﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻜﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻭﻴل ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻟﻌﺩﺩ ‪٥٠٠‬‬
‫ﺴﺎﻋﺔ )ﻜﻤﺎ ﺴﺒﻕ ﺫﻜﺭﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ(‪ .‬‬
‫• ‪ %٢٠‬ﻤﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻻﺒﺘﺩﺍﺌﻲ ﻟﻌﺩﺩ ‪ ٣٠٠٠‬ﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﻱ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻭﻴل ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻼﻡ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ‪ .‬‬
‫• ‪ %١٠‬ﻤﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻻﺒﺘﺩﺍﺌﻲ ﻟﻌﺩﺩ ‪ ١٥٠٠‬ﺴﺎﻋﺔ )ﺇﺠﻤﺎﻟﻲ ‪ ٥٠٠٠‬ﺴﺎﻋﺔ( ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﻱ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻭﻴل ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻲ ‪ .‬‬
‫• ‪ %١٠‬ﻤﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻻﺒﺘﺩﺍﺌﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺒﺄﻜﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﻤﺭﻭﺭ ﻤﺩﺓ ﺸﻬﺭﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ﺤل‬
‫ﺁﺨﺭ ﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻓﻨﻴﺔ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻤﺨﺎﻁﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻟﺤﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻼﻡ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ‪ ‬‬
‫‪ .١٣‬ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﻫﻲ )‪ ٣‬ﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﻀﺩ ﻋﻴﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺸﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻗﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤل‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﻭﻨﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴل ﻭﺘﺸﻤل ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﺃﻱ )‪ ( Patches or fixes‬ﻟﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ )‪(Hardware or Software or OS‬‬
‫ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻱ )‪ (upgrades‬ﻻﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ )‪ (Software‬ﺘﺒﺩﺃ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ﺍﻨﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻼﻤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻴﺠﺏ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺜﺒﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺭﺩﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﻻ ﻴﻘل ﻋﻥ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻴﺘﻭﺠﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﻤﺩﺘﻬﺎ ﺜﻼﺙ ﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﻜﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﺘﺸﻤل ﻗﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺎﺭ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﺠﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺌﺯﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺃﻴﺔ ﺘﻌﺩﻴﻼﺕ ﻹﺼﻼﺡ ﺃﻱ ﺨﻠل ﺃﻭ ﻗﺼﻭﺭ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻋﻴﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺨﻼل ﻤﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ )ﺜﻼﺙ ﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ( ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻠﺘﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺒﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﺯﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﺼﻼﺤﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﻟﺤل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺩ ﺘﻭﺍﺠﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ ﺨﻼل ﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﻨﻔﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻑ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻴﺸﻤل ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺸﺌﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺴﻭﺀ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺤﻭﺍل ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺌﺯﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﺍﻷﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺭﺩﺓ ﻭﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻭﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺒﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭﺓ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻨﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﻁﻭﺍل ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ .١٤‬ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻨﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫• ﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺤﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﺸﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻗﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺎﺭ ﺒﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %٥‬ﻤﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺩ ﻟﻜل ﻋﺎﻡ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻡ‬
‫ﺘﺫﻜﺭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١٥‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺀﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺘﺄﺨﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺼﺎﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﻭل ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺨﻠﺕ ﺒﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺃﻱ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﺘﻭﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺀﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺭﺭﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ ٨٩‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ١٩٩٨‬ﺒﺸﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻗﺼﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺯﺍﻴﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﻻﺌﺤﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻭﻗﻴﻊ ﻏﺭﺍﻤﺔ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ٤٥‬ﻣﻦ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻗﺩﺭﻫﺎ ‪ %١‬ﻤﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺩ ﻋﻥ ﻜل ﺃﺴﺒﻭﻉ ﺘﺄﺨﻴﺭ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺩﺩ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﻠﻴﻡ ﻟﻜل ﺒﻨﺩ ﻭﺘﻌﻔﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺨﻴﺭ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺨﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﻡ ﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻟﻠﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺼﺎﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﻭل ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺩﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺘﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺯﻴﻭﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻭﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺘﻭﻗﻴﻊ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻤﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١٦‬ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ‬
‫• ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﺭﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﺒﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺒﺄﻓﻀل ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﻜﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺒﻨﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٥٠‬‬
‫ﺃﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻭﻤﺩﻯ ﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺤل ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ١٠‬‬
‫ﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﺨﺒﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻨﻭﻋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻤُﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ ٢٠‬‬
‫ﻋﻴﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ ﺘﻭﺭﻴﺩﻫﺎ ﻟﻠﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺃﻋﻁﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﻤﺩﻯ ﻗﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻼﻓﻰ‬
‫ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﻨﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻁﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺭﺩﺓ ﻟﻸﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺴﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻭﺹ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻋﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ﻭﻤﺩﻯ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻭﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﻟﺒﻼﻏﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺼﻼﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻋﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ ﻭﻤﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ‬
‫‪ ٢٠‬‬
‫ﺒﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ‪) .‬ﻟﻠﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﻭﻤﻘﺎﻭﻟﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻁﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺠﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫‪ ١٠٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﺍﻷﺩﻨﻰ ﻟﻠﻘﺒﻭل ‪%٧٥‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻱ‪ :‬ﺴﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻱ ﻟﻠﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺤل ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺡ ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺘﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﻤﺘﻀﻤﻨﺎ ﺘﻭﻀﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻭﺨﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭﻤﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔ ﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫• ﺘﺨﻀﻊ ﺨﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺤﻕ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻁﻠﺏ ﺘﻌﺩﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻨﺎﺴﺏ ﻤﻊ ﻅﺭﻭﻓﻬﺎ ﻭﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺒﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﻜل ﻋﺭﺽ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﺴﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﻭﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﻘﻊ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺤﻘﻕ ﺍﻗل ﻤﻌﺎﻤل‬
‫ﻨﺎﺘﺞ ﻤﻥ ﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﻗﺴﻤﺔ ﺇﺠﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺠﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﺒﻌﺎﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺤﺼل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗل ﻤﻥ ‪ %٧٥‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﻷﻱ ﺒﻨﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻨﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١٧‬ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺤﺔ ‪SLA‬‬
‫ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻭﺼﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻁل ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫﺓ ﻭﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻭ ﻻ‬
‫ﺘﻘل ﻓﻲ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﺍﻫﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻵﺘﻲ‪:‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ "‪ "Technical Administration‬ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻭﻴل ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻤﺩﺓ ﻻ ﺘﻘل ﻋﻥ ‪ ١٢‬ﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻜل ﻴﻭﻡ ﻋﻤل ﻭ ‪ ٦‬ﺃﻴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻤل ﻓﻲ ﻜل ﺃﺴﺒﻭﻉ )‪. (٦/١٢‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ٤٦‬ﻣﻦ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺘﻭﺍﺠﺩ ﻋﺩﺩ ‪ ٢‬ﻤﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗل ﻟﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴل ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤل )‪ (٧/٢٤‬ﻟﻜل ﺃﺠﺯﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺤل ﻤﻊ ﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻜل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻤﻥ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺨﺒﺎﺭ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻜﺎﻨﻭﺍ ﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻴﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﻥ ﻜل ﺤﺴﺏ ﻤﺠﺎل ﻋﻤﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺩﻋﻡ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺘﻑ )‪.(٧/٢٤‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺘﻠﺘﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺒﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻭﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺘﻘﺭﻴﺭ ﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻤﺩﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻭﺘﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻵﺘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﺒﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﻻ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺭ‪:‬‬
‫أ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻜﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﻤﻜﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﻭ ﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ب‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻜﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﻟﻸﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻀﺒﻁ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ج‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻜﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺩﻴﺜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ‪Service Packs and Updates .‬‬
‫د‪ .‬ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﺴﺘﺭﺠﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻡ ﺘﺨﺯﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺴﺎﺌﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺯﻴﻥ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺘﻠﺘﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺒﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﺯﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﺼﻼﺤﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﻟﺤل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺩ ﺘﻭﺍﺠﻪ ﻓﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴل ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻭ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺯﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﻭ ﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻹﺼﻼﺡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺒﺩﺍل ﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺍﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺨﻴﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻹﺼﻼﺡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺒﺩﺍل ﻜﺤﺩ ﺍﺩﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻁﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺠﺩﻭل ﺍﻵﺘﻲ‪) :‬ﻭﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺘﻭﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺼﺎﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ( ‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺘﻭﺼﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻁل ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩ ‪ ‬‬
‫ﻋﻁل ﻴﺘﺴﺒﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻴﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺒﺎﻟﻜﺎﻤل ‪ ‬‬
‫ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺯﻤﻥ ﻟﻼﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺯﻤﻥ ﻟﻺﺼﻼﺡ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﻏﺭﺍﻤﺔ ‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺒﺩﺍل ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﻏﺭﺍﻤﺔ ‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ٢٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺘﺤﺘﺴﺏ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻅﺔ ﺇﺒﻼﻍ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺍﻤﺔ ‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ١٠٠٠‬ﺠﻨﻴﻪ ﻋﻥ ﻜل‬
‫ﺃﺭﺒﻊ ﺴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ‪ ‬‬
‫ﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺘﺄﺨﻴﺭ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻻﺭﺒﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ‪ ‬‬
‫ﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺘﺅﺜﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤل‬
‫ﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﺘﺤﺘﺴﺏ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺤﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺒﻌﺽ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻅﺔ ﺇﺒﻼﻍ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻴﻥ ‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ٥٠,٠٠٠‬ﺠﻨﻴﻪ ‪ ‬‬
‫ﺴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ‪ ‬‬
‫ﻴﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ٣٠٠‬ﺠﻨﻴﻪ ﻋﻥ ﻜل ﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺘﺄﺨﻴﺭ ‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ١٥,٠٠٠‬ﺠﻨﻴﻪ ‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻟﻠﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ‪ SLA‬ﻻ ﻴﻘل ﻋﻥ ﻤﺎ ﺴﺒﻕ ﻭ ﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻨﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ٤٧‬ﻣﻦ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬